]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
NEWS: add date
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246:
4
5 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
6 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
7 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
8
9 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
10 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
11
12 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
13 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
14 based on the NUMA mask.
15
16 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
17 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
18 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
19
20 * Two new unit file settings
21 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
22 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
23 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
24 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
25
26 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
27 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
28 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
29 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
30 instance).
31
32 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
33 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
34 service's processes shall include.
35
36 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
37 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
38 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
39 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
40
41 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
42 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
43 packets read from the socket, as ancillary message. This controls the
44 IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
45 depending on socket type.
46
47 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
48 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
49 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
50 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
51 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
52 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
53 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
54 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
55 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
56 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
57
58 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
59 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
60 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
61 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
62 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
63 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
64 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
65 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
66
67 * .service unit files gained two new options
68 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
69 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
70 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
71
72 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
73 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
74 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
75 prefix is used.
76
77 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
78 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
79 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
80 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
81 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
82 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
83
84 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
85 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
86 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
87 finally gone now.
88
89 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
90 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
91 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
92 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
93
94 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
95 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
96 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
97 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
98 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
99 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
100 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
101 which is quite likely a major security problem.
102
103 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
104 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
105 boot.
106
107 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
108 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
109 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
110 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
111 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
112 device.
113
114 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
115 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
116 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
117
118 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
119 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
120 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
121 conditions.
122
123 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
124 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
125 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
126 in order to make test cases more reliable.
127
128 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
129 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
130 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
131 the process that faulted.
132
133 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
134 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
135 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
136
137 * A new 'hwdb' file has been added that collects information about PCI
138 and USB devices that correctly support auto-suspend, on top of the
139 databases for this we import from the ChromiumOS project. If you have
140 a device that supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be
141 enabled by default, please submit a patch that adds it to the
142 database (see /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
143
144 * systemd-udevd gained new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
145 as corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
146 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
147 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
148 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
149
150 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
151 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
152 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
153 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
154 frame ring buffer sizes.
155
156 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
157 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
158
159 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
160 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
161
162 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
163 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
164 automatically assigned to the interface.
165
166 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
167 IPv6PDSubnetId= that allows explicit configuration of the preferred
168 subnet that networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces.
169
170 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
171 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
172 source addresses.
173
174 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
175 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
176 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
177 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
178 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
179 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
180 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
181 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
182 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
183 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
184
185 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
186 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
187 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
188 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
189 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
190 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
191 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
192
193 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
194 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
195 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
196 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
197 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
198 the RA packets suggest it.
199
200 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
201 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
202 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
203 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
204
205 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
206 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
207 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
208 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
209 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
210 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
211 field.
212
213 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
214 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
215 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
216 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
217 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
218 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
219
220 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
221 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
222 the VLAN protocol to use.
223
224 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
225 of the .network files, to control the link group.
226
227 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
228 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
229 link local address is generated.
230
231 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
232 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
233 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
234 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
235 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
236 carefully picking an interface name to use.
237
238 * A new boolean option AssignAcquiredDelegatedPrefixAddress= has been
239 added to the [DHCPv6] section of .network files. If enabled (which is
240 the default) an address from any acquired delegated prefix is
241 automatically chosen and assigned to the interface.
242
243 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
244 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
245
246 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
247 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
248
249 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
250 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
251 are still understood to provide compatibility.
252
253 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
254 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
255 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
256 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
257 interfaces up or down.
258
259 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts
260 DNS server addresses suffixed by "#" followed by a host name. If
261 used, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match the
262 specified hostname.
263
264 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
265 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
266 public DNS servers are not used.
267
268 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
269
270 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
271 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
272 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
273 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
274 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
275 defined by systemd-resolved).
276
277 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
278 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
279 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
280
281 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
282 --property=…".
283
284 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
285 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
286 use --plain.
287
288 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
289 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
290 being deprecated in favor of this option.
291
292 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
293 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
294 process itself.
295
296 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
297 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
298 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
299 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
300 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
301 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
302 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
303 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
304 implementations.
305
306 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
307 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
308 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
309 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
310 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
311 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
312 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
313 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
314 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
315
316 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
317 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
318 initialization.
319
320 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
321 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
322 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
323
324 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
325 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
326 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
327 without any decoration.
328
329 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
330 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
331 coredump data from.
332
333 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
334 the zstd algorithm.
335
336 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
337 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
338 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
339 not block clean file system unmounting.
340
341 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
342 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
343 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
344
345 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
346 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
347 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
348 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
349
350 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
351 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
352
353 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
354 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
355 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
356 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
357 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
358 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
359 instead of operating on actual block devices.
360
361 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
362 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
363
364 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
365 instead of 0.
366
367 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
368 specifier expansion.
369
370 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
371 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
372 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
373 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
374 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
375
376 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
377 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
378 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
379 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
380 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
381
382 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
383 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
384 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
385 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
386 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
387 --fido2-device= option.
388
389 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
390 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
391 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
392 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
393 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
394 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
395 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
396
397 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
398 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
399 changed from ext2 to ext4.
400
401 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
402 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
403 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
404 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
405 before the system continues to boot.
406
407 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
408 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
409 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
410 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
411 instead of at installation time.
412
413 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
414 volumes with automatically from files in
415 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
416 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
417
418 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
419 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
420
421 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
422 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
423 instance.
424
425 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --root-password-hashed= parameter for
426 setting the root user's password as UNIX password hash. There's a new
427 --delete-root-password switch which instead of setting a password for
428 the root user, removes it so that log-in without a password is
429 permitted. There's now --force which if specified means any existing
430 configuration is overwritten by the specified settings. It also
431 gained a new --kernel-command-line= parameter which may be used to
432 set the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of an OS image.
433
434 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
435 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
436 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
437 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
438
439 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
440 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
441
442 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
443 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
444 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
445 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
446 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
447 any password for the root user (dangerous!). A new --force option may
448 be used to override any already set settings with the parameters
449 specified on the command line (by default, the tool will not override
450 what has already been set before, i.e. is purely incremental).
451
452 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
453 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
454 directories for various resources.
455
456 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
457 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
458 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
459 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
460 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
461 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
462 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
463 via the new --no-block switch.
464
465 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
466 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
467 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
468 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
469 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
470 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
471 case.
472
473 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
474 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
475 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
476 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
477
478 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
479 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
480 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
481 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
482 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
483
484 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
485 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
486 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
487 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
488 vtable is associated with.
489
490 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
491 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
492 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
493 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
494
495 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
496 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
497 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
498
499 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
500
501 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
502 document the methods, signals and properties.
503
504 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
505 detail; documentation how classic home directories may be converted
506 into home directories managed by homed has been added; documentation
507 regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in desktops has
508 been added:
509
510 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
511 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
512 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
513
514 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
515 and has now moved to:
516
517 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
518
519 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
520 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
521 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
522 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
523 container underneath /run/hosts. Together, those mechanisms provide a
524 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
525 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
526
527 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
528 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
529 target of the service during runtime.
530
531 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
532 Malafeev, Alin Popa, Amos Bird, Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew
533 Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain, antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes
534 do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera,
535 bemarek, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down,
536 Chris Kerr, Christian Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder,
537 Ciprian Hacman, codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan
538 Callaghan, Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
539 David Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo,
540 Dimitri John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca,
541 Emmanuel Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
542 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
543 Finn, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaoyi, gaurav, Georg
544 Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi,
545 gzjsgdsb, Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic,
546 James T. Lee, Jan Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy
547 Cline, Jérémy Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg
548 Behrmann, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny
549 Levinsen, Kevin Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus,
550 Lénaïc Huard, Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca
551 BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz
552 Stelmach, Maciej S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel
553 Holtmann, Marc Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt
554 Ranostay, Maxim Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman,
555 Michael Gubbels, Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
556 Michal Sekletar, Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, ml,
557 Motiejus Jakštys, nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas
558 Hambüchen, Norbert Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer,
559 Piero La Terza, Pieter Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard
560 Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu,
561 Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian Jennen, sterlinghughes, Susant Sahani, Thomas
562 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
563 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
564 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
565 Korman, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
566 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
567
568 – Warsaw, 2020-07-09
569
570 CHANGES WITH 245:
571
572 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
573 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
574 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
575 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
576 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
577 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
578 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
579 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
580 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
581 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
582 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
583 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
584 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
585 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
586 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
587 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
588 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
589 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
590 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
591 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
592 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
593
594 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
595 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
596 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
597 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
598 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
599 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
600 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
601 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
602 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
603 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
604 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
605 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
606 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
607 that for the first time resource management and various other
608 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
609 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
610 to apply on login. For further details see:
611
612 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
613 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
614 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
615
616 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
617 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
618 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
619 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
620 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
621 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
622 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
623 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
624 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
625
626 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
627
628 For further details about the format and expectations on home
629 directories this new daemon makes, see:
630
631 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
632
633 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
634 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
635 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
636 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
637 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
638 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
639 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
640 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
641 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
642 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
643 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
644 usage limitations and other settings.
645
646 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
647 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
648 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
649 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
650 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
651 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
652 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
653 resource usage.
654
655 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
656 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
657
658 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
659 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
660 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
661 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
662 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
663
664 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
665 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
666 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
667 itself and the default for all other processes.
668
669 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
670 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
671 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
672 database into account.
673
674 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
675 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
676 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
677 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
678
679 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
680 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
681 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
682 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
683 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
684 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
685 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
686 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
687 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
688 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
689
690 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
691 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
692 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
693 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
694 event source watching it is freed).
695
696 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
697 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
698 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
699 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
700
701 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
702 (IFB) network devices.
703
704 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
705 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
706
707 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
708 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
709 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
710 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
711 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
712 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
713
714 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
715 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
716 with its sense inverted.
717
718 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
719 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
720 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
721
722 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
723 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
724 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
725
726 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
727 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
728 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
729 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
730 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
731 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
732 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
733
734 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
735 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
736 debugging purposes.
737
738 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
739 group named differently than the user.
740
741 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
742 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
743 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
744
745 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
746 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
747 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
748 /etc/fstab.
749
750 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
751 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
752 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
753 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
754
755 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
756 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
757 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
758 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
759
760 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
761 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
762 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
763 Bernard.
764
765 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
766 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
767 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
768 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
769 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
770 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
771 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
772 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
773 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
774 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
775 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
776
777 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
778 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
779 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
780 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
781 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
782 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
783 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
784 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
785 command line option.
786
787 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
788 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
789
790 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
791 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
792 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
793 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
794 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
795 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
796 systemd-timedated.
797
798 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
799 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
800 GPT partition table types.
801
802 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
803 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
804 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
805
806 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
807
808 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
809 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
810 for the respective units.
811
812 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
813 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
814 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
815
816 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
817 "status" output.
818
819 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
820 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
821 disappear.
822
823 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
824 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
825 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
826 address is used.
827
828 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
829 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
830 dropped from the individual setting names.
831
832 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
833 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
834 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
835 such files in version 243.
836
837 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
838 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
839 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
840
841 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
842 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
843 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
844
845 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
846 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
847 with stopping and disablement.
848
849 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
850 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
851 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
852 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
853 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
854 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
855 some internal systemd services (most notably
856 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
857 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
858 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
859 this systemd release. See
860 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
861 additional discussion.
862
863 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
864 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
865 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
866 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
867 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
868 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
869 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
870 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
871 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
872 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
873 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
874 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
875 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
876 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
877 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
878 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
879 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
880 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
881 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
882 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
883 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
884 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
885 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
886 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
887 DONG
888
889 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
890
891 CHANGES WITH 244:
892
893 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
894 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
895 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
896 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
897
898 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
899 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
900 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
901 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
902
903 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
904 units.
905
906 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
907 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
908 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
909 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
910 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
911 set the EFI variable.
912
913 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
914 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
915 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
916 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
917 and overrides the systemd setting.
918
919 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
920 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
921 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
922 effect.)
923
924 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
925 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
926 that affects all corresponding unit files.
927
928 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
929 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
930
931 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
932 the unit being shown.
933
934 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
935 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
936 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
937 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
938 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
939
940 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
941 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
942 which need to use them.
943
944 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
945 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
946 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
947 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
948 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
949 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
950 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
951 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
952 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
953 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
954
955 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
956 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
957 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
958 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
959 security tokens that were used previously.
960
961 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
962 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
963 improve power saving with many more devices.
964
965 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
966 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
967 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
968
969 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
970 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
971 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
972 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
973 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
974
975 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
976 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
977 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
978 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
979 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
980
981 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
982 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
983
984 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
985 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
986
987 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
988 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
989 now supported.
990
991 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
992 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
993
994 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
995 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
996 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
997
998 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
999 received from the server.
1000
1001 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1002 set.
1003
1004 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1005 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1006
1007 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1008 using a new SendOption= setting.
1009
1010 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1011 service type" value used by the client.
1012
1013 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1014 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1015
1016 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1017 a new SendOption= setting.
1018
1019 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1020 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1021
1022 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1023 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1024
1025 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1026 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1027 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1028
1029 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1030 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1031 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1032 BSSID for wireless links.
1033
1034 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1035 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1036
1037 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1038 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1039
1040 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1041 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1042 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1043 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1044 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1045 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1046
1047 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1048
1049 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1050 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1051 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1052 on its own).
1053
1054 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1055 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1056 of the present time.
1057
1058 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1059 reproducible image builds easier).
1060
1061 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1062 Specification.
1063
1064 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1065 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1066 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1067 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1068
1069 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1070 is being used.
1071
1072 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1073
1074 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1075 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1076 path as the system manager.
1077
1078 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1079 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1080 representation").
1081
1082 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1083 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1084 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1085 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1086 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1087 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1088 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1089 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1090
1091 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1092 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1093 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1094 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1095 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1096 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1097 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1098 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1099 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1100 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1101 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1102 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1103 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1104 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1105 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1106 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1107 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1108 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1109 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1110 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1111 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1112 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1113 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1114
1115 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1116
1117 CHANGES WITH 243:
1118
1119 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1120 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1121 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1122 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1123 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1124 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1125 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1126 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1127
1128 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1129 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1130 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1131 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1132 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1133 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1134 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1135 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1136 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1137 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1138 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1139 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1140 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1141 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1142 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1143 documentation.
1144
1145 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1146 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1147 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1148 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1149 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1150 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1151 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1152 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1153 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1154 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1155 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1156 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1157 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1158 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1159 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1160 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1161
1162 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1163 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1164 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1165 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1166
1167 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1168 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1169
1170 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1171 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1172 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1173 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1174 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1175 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1176 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1177 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1178 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1179
1180 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1181 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1182 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1183 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1184 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1185 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1186 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1187 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1188 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1189 packagers.
1190
1191 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1192 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1193
1194 build/man/man systemctl
1195 build/man/html systemd.index
1196
1197 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1198 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1199
1200 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1201 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1202 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1203 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1204 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1205 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1206
1207 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1208 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1209 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1210 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1211 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1212 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1213 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1214 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1215 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1216 unambiguously distinguished.
1217
1218 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1219 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1220 very rarely used.
1221
1222 To replace this functionality, users should:
1223 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1224 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1225 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1226 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1227 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1228
1229 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1230 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1231 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1232 interfaces should really be matched.
1233
1234 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1235 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1236 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1237 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1238 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1239 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1240
1241 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1242 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1243 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1244 stop the whole unit.
1245
1246 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1247 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1248 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1249 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1250 generated whenever a unit stops.
1251
1252 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1253 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1254 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1255 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1256
1257 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1258 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1259 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1260 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1261 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1262
1263 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1264 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1265 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1266 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1267 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1268 programs set up externally.
1269
1270 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1271 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1272 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1273 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1274
1275 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1276 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1277 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1278 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1279 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1280 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1281 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1282
1283 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1284 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1285 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1286 as before.
1287
1288 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1289 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1290 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1291 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1292 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1293 links on terminals that support that.
1294
1295 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1296 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1297 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1298
1299 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1300
1301 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1302 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1303 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1304 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1305 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1306 The default remains unchanged.
1307
1308 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1309 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1310
1311 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1312 udev property.
1313
1314 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1315 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1316 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1317
1318 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1319 interfaces natively.
1320
1321 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1322 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1323 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1324 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1325
1326 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1327 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1328 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
1329 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1330 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1331 RELEASE message when terminating.
1332
1333 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1334 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1335
1336 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1337 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1338 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1339 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1340 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1341 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1342 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1343
1344 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1345 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1346 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1347 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1348 added to the GENEVE support.
1349
1350 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1351 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1352 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1353 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1354 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1355
1356 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1357 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1358 onto the network device.
1359
1360 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1361 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1362 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1363 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1364 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1365
1366 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1367 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1368 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1369
1370 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1371 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1372
1373 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1374 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1375
1376 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1377 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1378 statistics.
1379
1380 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1381 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1382 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1383
1384 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1385 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1386
1387 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1388 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1389 specific udev properties.
1390
1391 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1392 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1393 "lo" as underlying device.
1394
1395 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1396 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1397 IP addresses, too.
1398
1399 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1400 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1401 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1402 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1403
1404 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1405 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1406 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1407 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1408
1409 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1410 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1411 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1412
1413 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1414 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1415 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1416
1417 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1418
1419 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1420 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1421 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1422
1423 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1424 durations as opposed to points in time).
1425
1426 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1427 expressions.
1428
1429 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1430 codes to their names and back.
1431
1432 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1433 file paths and unit aliases.
1434
1435 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1436 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1437 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1438 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1439
1440 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1441 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1442 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1443 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1444 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1445 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1446 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1447 udev rules for that purpose.
1448
1449 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1450 a device to be initialized.
1451
1452 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1453 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1454 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1455
1456 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1457 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1458 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1459 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1460
1461 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1462 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1463 with printf().
1464
1465 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1466 XML introspection data unmodified.
1467
1468 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1469 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1470 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1471 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1472
1473 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1474 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1475 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1476 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1477 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1478 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1479 configured to handle the watchdog.
1480
1481 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1482 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1483 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1484
1485 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1486 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1487 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1488
1489 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1490 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1491 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1492 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1493 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1494
1495 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1496 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1497 review.
1498
1499 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1500 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1501
1502 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1503 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1504
1505 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1506 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1507
1508 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1509 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1510 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1511 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1512
1513 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1514 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1515 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1516 service.
1517
1518 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1519 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1520 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1521 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1522 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1523 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1524 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1525 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1526 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1527 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1528 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1529 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1530
1531 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1532
1533 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1534 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1535 above.
1536
1537 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1538 installed.
1539
1540 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1541 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1542 bootloader entry).
1543
1544 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1545 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1546
1547 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1548
1549 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1550 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1551 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1552 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1553 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1554
1555 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1556 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1557 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1558
1559 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1560 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1561
1562 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1563 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1564 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1565
1566 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1567 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1568 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1569 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1570 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1571 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1572 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1573 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1574 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1575 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1576 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1577 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1578 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1579 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1580 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1581 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1582 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1583 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1584 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1585 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1586 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1587 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1588 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1589 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1590 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1591 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1592 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1593 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1594 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1595 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1596
1597 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1598
1599 CHANGES WITH 242:
1600
1601 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1602 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1603 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1604 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1605 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1606 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1607 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1608
1609 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1610 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1611
1612 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1613 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1614 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1615 may be used to view this.
1616
1617 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1618 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1619 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1620 ```
1621 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1622 [Match]
1623 Type=bridge
1624
1625 [Link]
1626 MACAddressPolicy=none
1627 ```
1628
1629 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1630 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1631 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1632 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1633 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1634 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1635 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1636
1637 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1638 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1639
1640 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1641 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1642
1643 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1644 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1645
1646 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1647 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1648 is a USB peripheral).
1649
1650 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1651 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1652 measured.
1653
1654 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1655 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1656 have privileges to do so).
1657
1658 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1659 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1660 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1661
1662 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1663 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1664 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1665 namespace.
1666
1667 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1668 in which case environment variable substitution is
1669 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1670
1671 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1672 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1673 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1674 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1675 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1676
1677 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1678 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1679 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1680 installed CPU cores.
1681
1682 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1683 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1684 kernel 4.15.
1685
1686 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1687 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1688 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1689 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1690 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1691
1692 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1693 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1694 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1695
1696 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1697 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1698 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1699 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1700 enslaved devices is not operational.
1701
1702 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1703 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1704
1705 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1706 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1707 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1708 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1709 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1710 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1711
1712 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1713 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1714
1715 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1716
1717 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1718 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1719 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1720
1721 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1722 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1723
1724 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1725 configure CAN triple sampling.
1726
1727 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1728 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1729
1730 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1731 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1732 details.
1733
1734 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1735 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1736 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1737 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1738 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1739 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1740
1741 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1742
1743 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1744 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1745 controlling project quota inheritance.
1746
1747 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1748 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1749 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1750 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1751 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1752 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1753 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1754 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1755 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1756 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1757 partition.
1758
1759 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1760 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1761 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1762 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1763 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1764
1765 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1766 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1767
1768 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1769 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1770 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1771 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1772 be used in production yet.
1773
1774 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1775 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1776 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1777 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1778 input, output, and error are set up.
1779
1780 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1781
1782 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1783 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1784 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1785
1786 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1787 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1788 the specified expression will elapse next.
1789
1790 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1791 introspection data.
1792
1793 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1794 the reboot() system call expects.
1795
1796 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1797 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1798 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1799
1800 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1801 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1802 ConditionVirtualization=).
1803
1804 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1805 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1806 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1807 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1808 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1809 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1810 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1811 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1812 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1813 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1814 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1815 during reboot with their own operations.
1816
1817 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1818 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1819 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1820 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1821
1822 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1823 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1824 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1825 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1826 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1827
1828 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1829 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1830
1831 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1832 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1833 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1834 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1835 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1836 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1837 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1838 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1839 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1840
1841 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1842 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1843 prohibited.
1844
1845 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1846 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1847 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1848 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1849 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1850 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1851 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1852 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1853
1854 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1855 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1856 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1857 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1858 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1859 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1860 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1861 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1862 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1863 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1864 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1865 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1866 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1867 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1868 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1869 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1870 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1871 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1872
1873 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1874
1875 CHANGES WITH 241:
1876
1877 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1878 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1879 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1880
1881 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1882 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1883 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1884 include the package release information.
1885
1886 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1887 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1888 option.
1889
1890 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1891 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1892 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1893
1894 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1895 again.
1896
1897 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1898 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1899 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1900 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1901 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1902 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1903 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1904 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1905 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1906 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1907 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1908 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1909 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1910
1911 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1912 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1913
1914 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1915 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1916
1917 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1918 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1919 used for side-channel attacks.
1920
1921 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1922 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1923 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1924
1925 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1926 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1927 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1928 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1929 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1930 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1931
1932 fs.protected_regular = 0
1933 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1934
1935 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1936 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1937
1938 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1939 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1940 POSIX shells.
1941
1942 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1943 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1944
1945 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1946 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1947 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1948 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1949 points but otherwise empty.
1950
1951 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1952 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1953 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1954
1955 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1956 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1957
1958 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1959 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1960
1961 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1962 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1963 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1964 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1965 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1966 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1967 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1968 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1969 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1970 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1971 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1972 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1973 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1974 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1975 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1976 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1977 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1978
1979 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1980
1981 CHANGES WITH 240:
1982
1983 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1984 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1985 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1986 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1987 an SELinux policy update is required.
1988 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1989
1990 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1991 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1992 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1993 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1994 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1995 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1996 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1997 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1998 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1999 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2000
2001 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2002 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2003 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2004 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2005 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2006 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2007 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2008 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2009 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2010 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2011 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2012 the search path.
2013
2014 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2015 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2016 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2017 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2018 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2019 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2020 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2021 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2022 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2023 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2024 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2025 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2026 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2027 start job.
2028
2029 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2030 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2031 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2032 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2033 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2034 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2035 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2036 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2037 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2038 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2039
2040 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2041 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2042 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2043 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2044 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2045 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2046 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2047 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2048 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2049 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2050 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2051 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2052 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2053 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2054 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2055 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2056 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2057 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2058 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2059 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2060 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2061 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2062 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2063 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2064 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2065 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2066 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2067 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2068 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2069 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2070 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2071 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2072 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2073 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2074 Java.)
2075
2076 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2077 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2078 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2079 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2080 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2081 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2082 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2083 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2084 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2085 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2086
2087 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2088 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2089 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2090 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2091 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2092 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2093
2094 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2095 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2096 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2097 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2098 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2099
2100 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2101 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2102
2103 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2104 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2105 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2106
2107 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2108 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2109
2110 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2111 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2112 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2113
2114 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2115 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2116 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2117 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2118 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2119 latency.
2120
2121 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2122 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2123
2124 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2125 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2126 instance part of a unit name.
2127
2128 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2129 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2130 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2131 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2132 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2133 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2134 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2135 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2136 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2137
2138 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2139 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2140 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2141 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2142
2143 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2144 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2145 to a file, and appending to it.
2146
2147 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2148 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2149 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2150 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2151 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2152 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2153
2154 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2155 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2156 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2157 having to touch C code.
2158
2159 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2160 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2161
2162 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2163 DNS-over-TLS.
2164
2165 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2166 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2167 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2168
2169 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2170 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2171 until the system finished start-up.
2172
2173 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2174
2175 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2176 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2177 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2178 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2179 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2180 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2181 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2182
2183 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2184 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2185 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2186 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2187 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2188 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2189 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2190 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2191 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2192 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2193 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2194 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2195
2196 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2197 instantiate services.
2198
2199 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2200 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2201
2202 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2203 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2204 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2205
2206 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2207 it is neither used nor maintained.
2208
2209 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2210 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2211 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2212 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2213 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2214 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2215 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2216 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2217 separated by colons.
2218
2219 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2220 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2221
2222 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2223 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2224
2225 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2226 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2227
2228 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2229 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2230 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2231 directly.
2232
2233 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2234 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2235 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2236 ID.
2237
2238 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2239 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2240
2241 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2242 and LOGO=.
2243
2244 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2245 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2246 from any hibernated image.
2247
2248 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2249 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2250 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2251 kernel exports them.
2252
2253 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2254 /usr/bin/.
2255
2256 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2257 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2258 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2259 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2260 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2261 now documented here:
2262
2263 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2264
2265 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2266 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2267 installs during early boot.
2268
2269 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2270 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2271
2272 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2273 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2274
2275 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2276 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2277 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2278
2279 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2280 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2281 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2282 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2283 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2284 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2285 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2286 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2287 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2288 is on AC power.
2289
2290 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2291 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2292 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2293 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2294 see:
2295
2296 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2297
2298 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2299 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2300 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2301 and container environments.
2302
2303 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2304 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2305 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2306 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2307
2308 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2309 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2310 journald per-service.
2311
2312 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2313 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2314
2315 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2316 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2317 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2318 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2319
2320 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2321 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2322 groups.
2323
2324 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2325 --ephemeral command line switch.
2326
2327 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2328 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2329 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2330 object itself.
2331
2332 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2333 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2334 not unloaded).
2335
2336 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2337 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2338 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2339
2340 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2341 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2342 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2343 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2344 "dead" state on success.
2345
2346 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2347 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2348 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2349 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2350 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2351 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2352 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2353 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2354 well-defined system service context.
2355
2356 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2357 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2358 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2359 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2360
2361 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2362 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2363 continue to be used.
2364
2365 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2366 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2367 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2368 for example:
2369
2370 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2371
2372 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2373 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2374 the command line's exit code.
2375
2376 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2377
2378 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2379
2380 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2381 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2382 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2383
2384 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2385 name as argument.
2386
2387 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2388 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2389 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2390 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2391 is improved.
2392
2393 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2394 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2395 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2396
2397 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2398 all files and directories listed in
2399 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2400 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2401 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2402 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2403 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2404 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2405 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2406 the transition to the host OS.
2407
2408 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2409 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2410 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2411 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2412 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2413 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2414 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2415 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2416 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2417 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2418 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2419 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2420 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2421 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2422 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2423 these are opened they don't work.
2424
2425 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2426 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2427 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2428 logic works again.
2429
2430 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2431 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2432 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2433 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2434 ignore it.
2435
2436 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2437 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2438 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2439 commands.
2440
2441 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2442 pam_systemd anymore.
2443
2444 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2445 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2446 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2447 policy took effect.
2448
2449 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2450 python-3.5.
2451
2452 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2453 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2454 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2455 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2456 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2457 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2458 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2459 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2460 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2461 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2462 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2463 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2464 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2465 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2466 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2467 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2468 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2469 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2470 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2471 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2472 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2473 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2474 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2475 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2476 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2477 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2478 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2479 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2480 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2481 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2482 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2483 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2484 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2485 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2486 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2487 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2488 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2489 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2490 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2491 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2492 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2493 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2494 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2495 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2496 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2497
2498 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2499
2500 CHANGES WITH 239:
2501
2502 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2503 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2504 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2505 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2506 a slot number associated.
2507
2508 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2509 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2510 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2511 independent.
2512
2513 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2514 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2515 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2516
2517 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2518 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2519 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2520 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2521
2522 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2523 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2524 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2525 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2526 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2527 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2528 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2529 e.g. NIS.
2530
2531 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2532 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2533 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2534 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2535 may be necessary to update the file.
2536
2537 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2538 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2539 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2540 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2541 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2542 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2543 documentation.
2544
2545 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2546 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2547 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2548 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2549 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2550 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2551 them.
2552
2553 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2554 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2555 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2556 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2557 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2558
2559 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2560 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
2561 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2562 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2563 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2564 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2565 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
2566 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2567
2568 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2569 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2570 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2571 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2572 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2573
2574 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2575 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2576 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2577 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2578 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2579
2580 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2581 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2582 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2583
2584 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2585 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2586 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2587 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2588 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2589 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2590 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2591 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2592 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2593 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2594 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2595 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2596 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2597 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2598 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2599 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2600 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2601 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2602 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2603 from.
2604
2605 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2606 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2607 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2608 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2609
2610 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2611 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2612 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2613 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2614
2615 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2616 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2617 hibernates again.
2618
2619 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2620 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2621
2622 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2623 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2624 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2625
2626 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2627 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2628 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2629 was not configurable and set to 512.
2630
2631 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2632 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2633 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2634 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2635 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2636 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2637 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2638 in particular su and sudo.
2639
2640 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2641 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2642 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2643 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2644 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2645 services.
2646
2647 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2648 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2649 files should work for hibernation now.
2650
2651 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2652 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2653 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2654 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2655 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2656 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2657 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2658 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2659 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2660 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2661 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2662 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2663 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2664 name following the last dash.
2665
2666 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2667 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2668 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2669 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2670 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2671
2672 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2673 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2674 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2675 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2676 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2677 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2678
2679 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2680 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2681 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2682 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2683
2684 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2685 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2686 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2687 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2688 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2689
2690 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2691 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2692 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2693 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2694 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2695 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2696 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2697 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2698 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2699 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2700 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2701 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2702 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2703
2704 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2705 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2706 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2707 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2708 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2709 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2710 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2711 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2712 settings.
2713
2714 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2715 expiration feature, if it is available.
2716
2717 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2718 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2719 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2720
2721 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2722 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2723
2724 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2725
2726 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2727 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2728
2729 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2730 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2731 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2732 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2733 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2734 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2735 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2736 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2737 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2738 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2739 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2740
2741 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2742 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2743 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2744 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2745
2746 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2747 about its state.
2748
2749 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2750 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2751 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2752 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2753
2754 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2755 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2756 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2757 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2758 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2759 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2760 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2761 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2762 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2763 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2764 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2765
2766 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2767 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2768
2769 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2770 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2771 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2772 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2773 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2774 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2775
2776 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2777 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2778 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2779 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2780 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2781 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2782 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2783
2784 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2785 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2786 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2787 shown.)
2788
2789 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2790 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2791 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2792 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2793 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2794 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2795 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2796 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2797 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2798
2799 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2800 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2801 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2802
2803 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2804 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2805 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2806 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2807 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2808 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2809 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2810 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2811
2812 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2813
2814 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2815 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2816 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2817
2818 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2819 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2820
2821 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2822 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2823 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2824
2825 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2826
2827 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2828
2829 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2830 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2831
2832 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2833 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2834 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2835 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2836 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2837 external user databases.
2838
2839 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2840 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2841 refused due to the enforced limits.
2842
2843 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2844 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2845 manages.
2846
2847 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2848 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2849 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2850 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2851 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2852 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2853 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2854 where this is now used by default.
2855
2856 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2857 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2858
2859 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2860 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2861 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2862 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2863 update process in a generic way.
2864
2865 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2866
2867 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2868 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2869 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2870 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2871 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2872 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2873 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2874 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2875 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2876 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2877 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2878 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2879 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2880 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2881 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2882 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2883 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2884 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2885 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2886 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2887 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2888 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2889 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2890 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2891 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2892 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2893 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2894 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2895 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2896
2897 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2898
2899 CHANGES WITH 238:
2900
2901 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2902 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2903 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2904 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2905 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2906 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2907 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2908 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2909 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2910 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2911 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2912 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2913 to revert this change.
2914
2915 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2916 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2917 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2918 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2919 once at the end of the transaction.
2920
2921 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2922 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2923 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2924 scripts.
2925
2926 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2927 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2928 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2929 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2930 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2931 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2932 still allowing local admin overrides.
2933
2934 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2935 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2936 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2937
2938 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2939 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2940 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2941 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2942 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2943
2944 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2945 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2946 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2947 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2948 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2949 from package installation scripts.
2950
2951 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2952 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2953 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2954
2955 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2956 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2957
2958 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2959 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2960 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2961
2962 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2963 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2964 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2965 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2966
2967 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2968 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2969 which are triggered meanwhile).
2970
2971 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2972 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2973 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2974 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2975 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2976
2977 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2978 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2979 rotated very quickly.
2980
2981 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2982 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2983 pending bus messages.
2984
2985 * systemd gained a new
2986 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2987 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2988 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2989 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2990 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2991 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2992 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2993 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2994 session scope.
2995
2996 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2997 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2998 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2999 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3000 the tree to be accessed.
3001
3002 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3003 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3004 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3005
3006 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3007 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3008 to keys in the main keyring.
3009
3010 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3011
3012 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3013 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3014
3015 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3016
3017 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3018 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3019 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3020 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3021 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3022 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3023 explicitly.
3024
3025 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3026 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3027
3028 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3029 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3030 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3031 be restarted.
3032
3033 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3034 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3035
3036 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3037 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3038 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3039 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3040 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3041 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3042 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3043 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3044 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3045 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3046 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3047 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3048 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3049 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3050 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3051 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3052
3053 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3054
3055 CHANGES WITH 237:
3056
3057 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3058 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3059 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3060 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3061
3062 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3063 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3064 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3065 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3066 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3067 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3068 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3069 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3070 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3071 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3072
3073 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3074 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3075 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3076 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3077 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3078 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3079 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3080 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3081 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3082 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3083
3084 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3085 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3086 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3087 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3088 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3089 now provides explicit control.
3090
3091 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3092 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3093 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3094 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3095 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3096 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3097 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3098
3099 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3100 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3101 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3102
3103 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3104 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3105
3106 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3107 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3108 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3109 versions.
3110
3111 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3112 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3113 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3114 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3115 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3116 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3117 understands RapidCommit=.
3118
3119 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3120 Delegation.
3121
3122 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3123 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3124 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3125 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3126 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3127 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3128 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3129 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3130 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3131
3132 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3133 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3134 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3135 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3136 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3137 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3138 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3139 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3140 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3141 "Disconnected" signals).
3142
3143 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3144 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3145 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3146 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3147 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3148 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3149 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3150 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3151 round-trips are removed.
3152
3153 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3154 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3155 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3156 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3157
3158 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3159 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3160 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3161 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3162 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3163 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3164
3165 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3166 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3167 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3168 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3169 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3170 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3171 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3172 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3173 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3174 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3175
3176 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3177 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3178 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3179 when the event source is destroyed.
3180
3181 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3182 connections.
3183
3184 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3185 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3186 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3187 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3188 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3189 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3190 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3191
3192 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3193 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3194 manager.
3195
3196 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3197 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3198 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3199 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3200 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3201
3202 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3203 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3204 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3205 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3206 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3207 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3208
3209 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3210 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3211 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3212 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3213 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3214 level/target is given as an argument.
3215
3216 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3217 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3218 where UID and GID do not match.
3219
3220 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3221 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3222 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3223 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3224 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3225 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3226 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3227 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3228 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3229 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3230 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3231 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3232 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3233 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3234 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3235 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3236 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3237 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3238 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3239 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3240 Палаузов
3241
3242 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3243
3244 CHANGES WITH 236:
3245
3246 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3247 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3248 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3249 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3250
3251 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3252 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3253 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3254 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3255 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3256 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3257 valid specifiers today.)
3258
3259 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3260 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3261 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3262 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3263 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3264 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3265
3266 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3267 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3268 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3269 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3270
3271 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3272 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3273 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3274 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3275 services are resolved properly.
3276
3277 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3278 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3279 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3280 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3281 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3282 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3283 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3284 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3285 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3286 and btrfs.
3287
3288 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3289 DNS server and domain information.
3290
3291 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3292 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3293 runtime.
3294
3295 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3296 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3297 empty for the first time.
3298
3299 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3300 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3301 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3302 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3303 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3304 running in the user session.
3305
3306 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3307 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3308 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3309 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3310 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3311 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3312 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3313 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3314 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3315 user instance).
3316
3317 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3318 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3319
3320 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3321 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3322 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3323 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3324
3325 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3326 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3327
3328 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3329 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3330 sleep verbs.
3331
3332 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3333
3334 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3335 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3336
3337 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3338
3339 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3340 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3341 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3342
3343 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3344 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3345 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3346 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3347 instance.
3348
3349 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3350 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3351 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3352
3353 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3354 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3355 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3356
3357 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3358
3359 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3360 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3361 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3362 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3363 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3364 processes.
3365
3366 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3367 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3368 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3369 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3370
3371 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3372 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3373 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3374
3375 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3376 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3377 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3378 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3379 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3380
3381 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3382 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3383
3384 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3385 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3386 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3387 time the specified expression would elapse.
3388
3389 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3390 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3391 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3392 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3393 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3394 types, not just services.
3395
3396 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3397 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3398 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3399 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3400
3401 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3402 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3403 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3404 interface for this purpose.
3405
3406 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3407 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3408 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3409 anyway.
3410
3411 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3412 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3413 requirements of systemd.
3414
3415 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3416 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3417 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3418
3419 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3420 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3421 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3422 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3423
3424 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3425 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3426 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3427 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3428
3429 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3430 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3431
3432 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3433 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3434 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3435 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3436 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3437 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3438
3439 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3440 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3441 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3442
3443 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3444 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3445 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3446 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3447 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3448 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3449 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3450 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3451 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3452 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3453 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3454 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3455 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3456 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3457 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3458 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3459 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3460 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3461 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3462 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3463 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3464 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3465 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3466
3467 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3468
3469 CHANGES WITH 235:
3470
3471 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3472 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3473 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3474 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3475 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3476 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3477 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3478 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3479 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3480 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3481 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3482 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3483 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3484 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3485 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3486 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3487 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3488 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3489 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3490 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3491 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3492 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3493 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3494 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3495 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3496 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3497
3498 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3499 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3500 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3501 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3502 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3503 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3504 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3505 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3506
3507 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3508 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3509 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3510 used to change those values.
3511
3512 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3513 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3514 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3515 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3516 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3517 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3518
3519 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3520 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3521 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3522 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3523
3524 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3525 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3526 one top-level directory.
3527
3528 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3529 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3530 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3531 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3532 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3533 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3534 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3535 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3536 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3537 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3538 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3539 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3540 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3541 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3542 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3543
3544 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3545 Meson-only.
3546
3547 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3548 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3549 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3550 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3551 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3552 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3553 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3554 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3555 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3556 acceptable to us.
3557
3558 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3559 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3560 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3561 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3562 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3563 requested at build time.
3564
3565 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3566 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3567 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3568 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3569 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3570 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3571 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3572 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3573 Type= setting which permits configuring
3574 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3575
3576 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3577 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3578 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3579 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3580 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3581 local frames between bridge ports.
3582
3583 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3584 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3585 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3586
3587 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3588 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3589
3590 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3591 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3592 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3593 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
3594
3595 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3596 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3597 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3598 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3599 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3600 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3601 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3602 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3603
3604 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3605 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3606 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3607 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3608 command.)
3609
3610 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3611 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3612 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3613
3614 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3615 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3616 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3617 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3618
3619 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3620 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3621 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3622 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3623 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3624 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3625 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3626 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3627 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3628 on systems where this is not supported.
3629
3630 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3631 sockets.
3632
3633 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3634 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3635 during runtime.
3636
3637 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3638 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3639 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3640
3641 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3642 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3643 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3644
3645 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3646 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3647 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3648 Following this logic, two new special targets
3649 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3650 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3651 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3652
3653 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3654 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3655 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3656 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3657
3658 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3659 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3660 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3661 --wait".
3662
3663 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3664 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3665 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3666 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3667 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3668 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3669 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3670 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3671 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3672
3673 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3674 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3675 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3676 invocation.
3677
3678 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3679 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3680 processes.
3681
3682 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3683 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3684 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3685 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3686 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3687 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3688 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3689 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3690 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3691 systems for all five operations.
3692
3693 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3694 the system.
3695
3696 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3697 than UTC or the local timezone.
3698
3699 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3700 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3701 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3702 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3703 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3704 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3705 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3706 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3707
3708 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3709 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3710 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3711 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3712 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3713 again.
3714
3715 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3716 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3717 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3718
3719 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3720 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3721 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3722 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3723 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3724 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3725 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3726 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3727 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3728 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3729 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3730 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3731 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3732 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3733 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3734 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3735 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3736 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3737 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3738 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3739
3740 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3741
3742 CHANGES WITH 234:
3743
3744 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3745 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3746 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3747 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3748 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3749 summary:
3750
3751 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3752
3753 becomes:
3754
3755 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3756
3757 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3758 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3759 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3760 .device units.
3761
3762 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3763 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3764 running a systemd user instance.
3765
3766 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3767 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3768 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3769 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3770 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3771 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3772
3773 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3774
3775 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3776 (domain search list).
3777
3778 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3779 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3780 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3781 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3782 implementation of RA.
3783
3784 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3785 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3786 ISO date values.
3787
3788 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3789 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3790 devices.
3791
3792 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3793 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3794 option.
3795
3796 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3797 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3798 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3799 default yet.
3800
3801 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3802 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3803 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3804 SHA256SUMS files.
3805
3806 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3807 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3808
3809 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3810
3811 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3812
3813 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3814 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3815
3816 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3817 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3818 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3819 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3820
3821 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3822 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3823 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3824 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3825 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3826 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3827 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3828 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3829 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3830 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3831
3832 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3833 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3834 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3835 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3836 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3837 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3838 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3839 after all the plugins exit.
3840
3841 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3842 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3843 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3844 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3845 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3846 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3847 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3848 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3849 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3850 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3851 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3852 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3853 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3854 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3855 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3856 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3857 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3858 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3859 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3860 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3861 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3862 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3863 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3864 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3865 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3866 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3867 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3868 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3869 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3870 Георгиевски
3871
3872 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3873
3874 CHANGES WITH 233:
3875
3876 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3877 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3878 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3879 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3880 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3881 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3882 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3883 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3884 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3885
3886 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3887 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3888 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3889 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3890 default selected on the configure command line
3891 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3892 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3893 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3894 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3895 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3896 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3897 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3898 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3899 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3900 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3901
3902 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3903 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3904 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3905 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3906 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3907 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3908 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3909 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3910 further details about this.)
3911
3912 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3913 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3914 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3915
3916 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3917 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3918
3919 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3920 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3921 with 'make install-tests'.
3922
3923 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3924 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3925 kernel.
3926
3927 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3928 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3929 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3930 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3931 by the Slice= option.
3932
3933 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3934 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3935 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3936 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3937
3938 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3939 following choices:
3940
3941 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3942 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3943 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3944 (h)elp
3945 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3946 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3947 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3948 (y)es, execute the command
3949
3950 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3951 because its meaning was confusing.
3952
3953 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3954 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3955
3956 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3957 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3958 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3959
3960 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3961 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3962 state directly, without executing these commands.
3963
3964 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3965 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3966 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3967
3968 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3969 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3970 combination with After=) have been started.
3971
3972 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3973 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3974 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3975
3976 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3977 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3978 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3979 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3980 configuration related calls.
3981
3982 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3983 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3984 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3985 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3986 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3987 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3988 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3989
3990 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3991 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3992
3993 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3994 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3995 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3996
3997 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3998 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3999
4000 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4001 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4002 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4003 for compatibility.
4004
4005 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4006 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4007
4008 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4009 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4010
4011 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4012 support for negative matching.
4013
4014 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4015
4016 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4017 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4018
4019 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4020 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4021 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4022 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4023 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4024 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4025 removed from the drive.
4026
4027 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4028 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4029
4030 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4031 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4032
4033 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4034 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4035 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4036
4037 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4038 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4039 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4040 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4041 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4042 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4043 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4044
4045 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4046 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4047 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4048 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4049 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4050 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4051
4052 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4053 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4054
4055 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4056 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4057 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4058 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4059 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4060 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4061 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4062 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4063
4064 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4065 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4066 including all control processes.
4067
4068 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4069 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4070 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4071
4072 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4073 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4074 prefixing the source path with "+".
4075
4076 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4077 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4078 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4079 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4080 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4081 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4082 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4083 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4084
4085 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4086 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4087 before).
4088
4089 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4090 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4091 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4092 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4093 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4094 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4095 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4096
4097 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4098 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4099 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4100 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4101 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4102 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4103 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4104 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4105 versions.
4106
4107 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4108 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4109 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4110 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4111 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4112 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4113 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4114 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4115 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4116 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4117 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4118 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4119 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4120 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4121 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4122 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4123 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4124 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4125 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4126 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4127 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4128
4129 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4130 accelerometer quirks.
4131
4132 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4133 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4134 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4135 ID of each service.
4136
4137 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4138 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4139 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4140 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4141 view.
4142
4143 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4144 environment variables:
4145
4146 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4147
4148 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4149 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4150 address.
4151
4152 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4153 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4154 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4155
4156 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4157 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4158 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4159 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4160 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4161 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4162 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4163 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4164 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4165 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4166 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4167 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4168 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4169
4170 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4171 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4172 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4173
4174 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4175 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4176
4177 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4178 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4179 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4180 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4181 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4182
4183 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4184 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4185 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4186
4187 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4188 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4189
4190 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4191 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4192 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4193 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4194
4195 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4196 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4197 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4198 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4199 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4200 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4201 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4202 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4203 possibly even including full integrity data.
4204
4205 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4206 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4207 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4208 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4209 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4210
4211 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4212 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4213 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4214 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4215 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4216
4217 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4218 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4219 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4220 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4221
4222 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4223 of coredumps in reverse order.
4224
4225 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4226 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4227 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4228 additional informational message in its output.
4229
4230 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4231 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4232 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4233
4234 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4235 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4236 scripting languages such as Python.
4237
4238 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4239 namespacing is enabled for them.
4240
4241 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4242 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4243 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4244 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4245 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4246 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4247
4248 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4249 root key (KSK).
4250
4251 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4252 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4253 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4254
4255 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4256 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4257 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4258 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4259 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4260 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4261 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4262 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4263 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4264 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4265 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4266 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4267 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4268 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4269 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4270 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4271 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4272 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4273 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4274 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4275 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4276 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4277 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4278 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4279 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4280 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4281 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4282 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4283 Тихонов
4284
4285 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4286
4287 CHANGES WITH 232:
4288
4289 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4290 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4291 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4292 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4293 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4294 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4295
4296 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4297 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4298
4299 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4300 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4301 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4302
4303 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4304 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4305 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4306
4307 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4308 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4309 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4310 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4311
4312 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4313 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4314
4315 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4316 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4317 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4318
4319 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4320 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4321 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4322 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4323 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4324 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4325 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4326 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4327 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4328 permanent modifications to the system.
4329
4330 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4331 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4332 container or chroot environments.
4333
4334 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4335 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4336 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4337 mapped to nobody.
4338
4339 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4340 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4341 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4342 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4343
4344 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4345 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4346
4347 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4348 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4349 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4350 and the support is provisional.
4351
4352 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4353 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4354 unit files in the file system).
4355
4356 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4357 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4358 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4359 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4360 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4361 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4362 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4363 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4364 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4365 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4366 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4367 state is fixed automatically.
4368
4369 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4370 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4371 option.
4372
4373 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4374 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4375 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4376 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4377 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4378 else.
4379
4380 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4381 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4382 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4383 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4384 bootable on physical systems.
4385
4386 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4387
4388 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4389 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4390 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4391 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4392 used.
4393
4394 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4395 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4396 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4397 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4398
4399 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4400
4401 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4402 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4403 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4404 of the container).
4405
4406 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4407 files from the specified location.
4408
4409 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4410 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4411 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4412 be active.
4413
4414 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4415 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4416 trackball devices.
4417
4418 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4419 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4420 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4421
4422 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4423 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4424 specified service binary exited.)
4425
4426 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4427 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4428
4429 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4430 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4431 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4432 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4433 --since= and --until= options.
4434
4435 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4436 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4437 are automatically propagated to the container.
4438
4439 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4440 from a single IP address can be limited with
4441 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4442 MaxConnections=.
4443
4444 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4445 configuration.
4446
4447 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4448 drop-ins.
4449
4450 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4451 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4452 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4453 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4454 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4455 [Link] section of .link files.
4456
4457 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4458 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4459 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4460 section of .netdev files.
4461
4462 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4463 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4464 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4465
4466 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4467 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4468 .network files.
4469
4470 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4471 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4472 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4473 service runtime cycle.
4474
4475 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4476 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4477 has been traditionally doing.
4478
4479 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4480 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4481 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4482 prevent any later plugins from running.
4483
4484 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4485 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4486 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4487 default of SplitMode=uid.
4488
4489 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4490 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4491 useful.
4492
4493 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4494 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4495 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4496 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4497 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4498 individual namespaces.
4499
4500 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4501 the output, as well as OS release information.
4502
4503 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4504
4505 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4506 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4507 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4508 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4509 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4510
4511 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4512 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4513 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4514 severed.
4515
4516 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4517 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4518 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4519 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4520 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4521 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4522 information about exit statuses and results.
4523
4524 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4525 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4526 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4527 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4528 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4529 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4530
4531 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4532
4533 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4534 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4535 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4536 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4537 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4538 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4539 entirely.
4540
4541 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4542 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4543 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4544
4545 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4546 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4547 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4548 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4549 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4550 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4551 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4552 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4553 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4554 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4555 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4556 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4557 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4558 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4559 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4560 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4561 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4562
4563 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4564 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4565 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4566 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4567
4568 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4569 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4570 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4571 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4572
4573 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4574 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4575 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4576 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4577 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4578 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4579 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4580 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4581 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4582 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4583 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4584 fragment entirely.)
4585
4586 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4587 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4588 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4589
4590 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4591 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4592 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4593 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4594
4595 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4596 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4597 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4598 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4599 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4600 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4601
4602 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4603 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4604
4605 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4606 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4607
4608 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4609 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4610 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4611 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4612 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4613
4614 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4615 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4616 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4617 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4618 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4619 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4620 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4621 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4622 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4623 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4624 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4625 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4626 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4627 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4628 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4629 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4630 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4631 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4632 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4633 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4634 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4635 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4636 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4637 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4638 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4639 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4640
4641 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4642
4643 CHANGES WITH 231:
4644
4645 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4646 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4647 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4648 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4649 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4650 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4651 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4652 independently.
4653
4654 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4655 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4656
4657 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4658 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4659 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4660 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4661 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4662 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4663 values.
4664
4665 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4666 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4667 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4668 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4669 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4670
4671 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4672 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4673 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4674 7:10am every day.
4675
4676 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4677 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4678 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4679 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4680 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4681 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4682 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4683 available for compatibility.
4684
4685 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4686 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4687 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4688 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4689 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4690 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4691
4692 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4693 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4694 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4695 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4696 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4697 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4698 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4699 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4700 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4701
4702 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4703 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4704 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4705 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4706 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4707 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4708 desired options.
4709
4710 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4711 cgroup v2.
4712
4713 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4714 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4715 limited to subgroups of that group.
4716
4717 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4718 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4719 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4720 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4721 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4722 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4723 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4724 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4725
4726 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4727 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4728 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4729 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4730 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4731 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4732 own long-running services.
4733
4734 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4735 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4736 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4737 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4738
4739 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4740 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4741 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4742 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4743 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4744 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4745 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4746 primitives.
4747
4748 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4749 "terminate".
4750
4751 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4752 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4753
4754 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4755 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4756 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4757 --flush-caches".
4758
4759 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4760 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4761 is shown.
4762
4763 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4764 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4765 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4766 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4767 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4768 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4769
4770 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4771 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4772 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4773 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4774 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4775 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4776 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4777 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4778 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4779 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4780 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4781 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4782 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4783 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4784 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4785 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4786 bus API instead.
4787
4788 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4789 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4790 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4791 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4792
4793 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4794 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4795 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4796 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4797
4798 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4799 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4800 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4801
4802 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4803 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4804
4805 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4806 interface configuration.
4807
4808 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4809 specifying the --force switch.
4810
4811 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4812 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4813 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4814
4815 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4816 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4817 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4818 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4819 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4820 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4821 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4822 to be handled.
4823
4824 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4825 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4826
4827 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4828 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4829
4830 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4831 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4832 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4833
4834 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4835 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4836
4837 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4838 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4839 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4840 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4841 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4842 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4843 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4844 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4845 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4846 library.
4847
4848 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4849 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4850 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4851 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4852 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4853 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4854 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4855 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4856 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4857 doc/HACKING for details.
4858
4859 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4860 distribution's bugtracker.
4861
4862 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4863 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4864 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4865 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4866 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4867 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4868 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4869 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4870 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4871 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4872 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4873 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4874 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4875 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4876 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4877 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4878 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4879 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4880 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4881
4882 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4883
4884 CHANGES WITH 230:
4885
4886 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4887 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4888 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4889 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4890 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4891 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4892 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4893 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4894 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4895 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4896 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4897 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4898 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4899 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4900 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4901 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4902 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4903 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4904 applications.)
4905
4906 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4907 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4908 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4909
4910 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4911 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4912 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4913 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4914 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4915 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4916 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4917
4918 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4919 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4920 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4921 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4922 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4923 command works for tmux.
4924
4925 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4926 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4927 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4928 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4929 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4930 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4931
4932 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4933 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4934
4935 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4936 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4937 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4938
4939 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4940
4941 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4942 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4943 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4944 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4945 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4946
4947 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4948 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4949 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4950 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4951
4952 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4953 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4954 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4955 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4956 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4957 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4958
4959 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4960 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4961 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4962
4963 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4964 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4965 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4966 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4967 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4968 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4969
4970 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4971 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4972 address.
4973
4974 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4975 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4976 should be emitted.
4977
4978 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4979 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4980 supported.
4981
4982 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4983 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4984 logging performance.
4985
4986 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4987 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4988 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4989 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4990 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4991 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4992
4993 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4994 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4995 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4996 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4997
4998 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4999 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5000
5001 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5002 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5003 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5004
5005 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5006
5007 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5008 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5009 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5010 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5011
5012 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5013 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5014 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5015 refuse to operate on such files.
5016
5017 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5018 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5019 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5020
5021 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5022 just hidden container images.
5023
5024 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5025 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5026
5027 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5028 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5029 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5030 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5031 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5032 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5033 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5034 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5035 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5036 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5037 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5038
5039 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5040 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5041 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5042 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5043 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5044 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5045 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5046 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5047 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5048 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5049 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5050 terminates.
5051
5052 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5053 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5054 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5055 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5056
5057 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5058 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5059 rate of the socket unit.
5060
5061 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5062 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5063 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5064 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5065 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5066
5067 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5068 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5069 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5070 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5071 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5072 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5073 with this.
5074
5075 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5076 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5077
5078 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5079 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5080
5081 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5082 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5083 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5084 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5085 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5086
5087 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5088 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5089 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5090
5091 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5092 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5093 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5094 target is now included in early userspace.
5095
5096 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5097 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5098 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5099 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5100 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5101 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5102 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5103 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5104 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5105 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5106 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5107 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5108 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5109 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5110 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5111 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5112 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5113 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5114 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5115 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5116 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5117 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5118 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5119 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5120 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5121 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5122
5123 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5124
5125 CHANGES WITH 229:
5126
5127 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5128 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5129 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5130 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5131 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5132 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5133 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5134 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5135 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5136 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5137 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5138 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5139 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5140
5141 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5142 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5143 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5144 /usr/bin.
5145
5146 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5147 devices.
5148
5149 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5150 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5151 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5152 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5153 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5154 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5155 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5156 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5157 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5158 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5159 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5160 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5161 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5162 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5163 this limit.
5164
5165 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5166 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5167 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5168 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5169 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5170 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5171 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5172 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5173
5174 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5175 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5176 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5177 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5178 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5179 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5180 and group at package installation time.
5181
5182 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5183 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5184 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5185 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5186 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5187
5188 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5189 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5190 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5191 supports it.
5192
5193 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5194 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5195
5196 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5197 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5198 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5199 file is already initialized.
5200
5201 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5202 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5203 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5204 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5205 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5206 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5207 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5208 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5209 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5210
5211 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5212 working directory for the process started in the container.
5213
5214 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5215 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5216 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5217 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5218 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5219
5220 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5221 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5222 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5223
5224 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5225 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5226 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5227 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5228
5229 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5230 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5231 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5232 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5233 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5234
5235 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5236 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5237 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5238 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5239
5240 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5241 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5242 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5243 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5244 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5245 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5246 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5247 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5248 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5249 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5250 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5251 by PID 1.
5252
5253 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5254 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5255 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5256 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5257 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5258 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5259 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5260 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5261
5262 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5263
5264 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5265 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5266 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5267
5268 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5269 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5270 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5271 recent kernels.
5272
5273 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5274 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5275
5276 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5277 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5278 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5279 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5280 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5281 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5282 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5283 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5284 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5285 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5286 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5287 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5288 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5289
5290 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5291 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5292 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5293 clusters or larger setups.
5294
5295 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5296
5297 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5298 sockets.
5299
5300 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5301
5302 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5303 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5304 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5305 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5306 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5307 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5308
5309 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5310 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5311 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5312
5313 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5314 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5315 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5316 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5317
5318 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5319
5320 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5321 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5322 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5323 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5324 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5325 maintain compatibility.
5326
5327 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5328 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5329 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5330 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5331 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5332 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5333 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5334 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5335 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5336 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5337 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5338 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5339 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5340 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5341 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5342 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5343 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5344 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5345 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5346
5347 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5348
5349 CHANGES WITH 228:
5350
5351 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5352 files are now also available as properties to set when
5353 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5354 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5355 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5356 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5357 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5358 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5359 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5360
5361 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5362 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5363 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5364
5365 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5366 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5367 created transiently.
5368
5369 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5370 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5371 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5372 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5373 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5374 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5375 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5376 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5377
5378 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5379 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5380 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5381
5382 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5383 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5384 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5385 enabled.
5386
5387 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5388 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5389 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5390 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5391 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5392 subvolumes.
5393
5394 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5395 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5396
5397 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5398 individual indexes.
5399
5400 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5401 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5402 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5403 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5404 suffixes now.
5405
5406 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5407 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5408 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5409 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5410 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5411 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5412 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5413 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5414 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5415 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5416 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5417 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5418 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5419 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5420 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5421 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5422 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5423 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5424 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5425 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5426 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5427
5428 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5429 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5430 links between the host and the container.
5431
5432 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5433 added that allows importing select environment variables
5434 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5435 the service.
5436
5437 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5438 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5439 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5440 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5441 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5442 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5443 than until they first elapse.
5444
5445 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5446 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5447 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5448 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5449 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5450 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5451 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5452 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5453
5454 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5455 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5456 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5457 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5458 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5459 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5460 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5461 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5462 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5463 journal and in coredump handling.
5464
5465 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5466 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5467 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5468 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5469 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5470 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5471 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5472 software you package still references it, as this is a
5473 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5474 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5475
5476 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5477
5478 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5479 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5480
5481 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5482 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5483 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5484
5485 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5486 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5487 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5488 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5489 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5490 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5491 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5492 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5493 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5494 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5495 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5496 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5497 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5498 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5499 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5500 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5501
5502 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5503 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5504 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5505 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5506 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5507 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5508 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5509 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5510 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5511 surprises.
5512
5513 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5514 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5515 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5516 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5517 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5518 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5519 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5520 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5521 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5522 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5523 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5524 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5525 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5526 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5527 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5528 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5529 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5530 of PID 1 is the root user).
5531
5532 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5533 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5534 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5535 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5536 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5537 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5538 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5539 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5540 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5541 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5542 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5543 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5544 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5545 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5546 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5547
5548 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5549
5550 CHANGES WITH 227:
5551
5552 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5553 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5554 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5555
5556 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5557 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5558 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5559 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5560 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5561 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5562
5563 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5564 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5565 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5566 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5567 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5568
5569 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5570 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5571 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5572 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5573 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5574 packets on unestablished sockets.
5575
5576 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5577 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5578 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5579 automatically.
5580
5581 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5582 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5583 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5584
5585 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5586 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5587 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5588 for disk IO.
5589
5590 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5591 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5592 removed.
5593
5594 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5595 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5596 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5597 configured in User=.
5598
5599 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5600 directory of the selected user by default.
5601
5602 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5603 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5604 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5605 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5606 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5607 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5608 compat reasons.
5609
5610 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5611 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5612 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5613 units.
5614
5615 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5616 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5617 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5618 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5619 level.
5620
5621 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5622 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5623 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5624 namespaces work correctly.
5625
5626 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5627 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5628 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5629 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5630 activation.
5631
5632 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5633 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5634 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5635 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5636 system instance in a container.
5637
5638 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5639 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5640 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5641 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5642 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5643 connections.
5644
5645 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5646 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5647
5648 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5649 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5650 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5651 processes attached, or similar.
5652
5653 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5654 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5655 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5656
5657 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5658 specifiers like %i or %f.
5659
5660 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5661 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5662 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5663 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5664
5665 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5666 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5667 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5668 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5669 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5670 descriptors using sd_notify().
5671
5672 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5673
5674 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5675 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5676
5677 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5678 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5679
5680 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5681 .network files.
5682
5683 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5684 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5685 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5686 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5687 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5688 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5689 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5690 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5691 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5692 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5693 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5694 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5695 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5696 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5697 gdm-autologin is used.
5698
5699 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5700 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5701 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5702 next to the image file.
5703
5704 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5705 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5706 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5707 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5708
5709 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5710 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5711 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5712 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5713 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5714 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5715
5716 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5717 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5718 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5719 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5720 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5721 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5722 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5723 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5724 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5725 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5726 number of files in place.
5727
5728 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5729 on kernels where that is supported.
5730
5731 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5732
5733 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5734 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5735 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5736 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5737 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5738 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5739 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5740 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5741 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5742 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5743 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5744 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5745 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5746 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5747 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5748 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5749 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5750 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5751
5752 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5753
5754 CHANGES WITH 226:
5755
5756 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5757 new features:
5758
5759 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5760 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5761 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5762 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5763 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5764 is any) is propagated.
5765
5766 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5767 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5768 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5769 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5770 information is enabled between host and containers by
5771 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5772 to what the host has set.
5773
5774 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5775 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5776
5777 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5778 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5779 information back, even if the server loses state.
5780
5781 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5782 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5783 PoolSize=.
5784
5785 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5786 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5787 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5788 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5789
5790 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5791 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5792 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5793 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5794 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5795
5796 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5797 for virtio devices.
5798
5799 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5800 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5801 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5802 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5803 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5804 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5805 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5806 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5807 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5808 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5809 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5810 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5811 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5812 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5813 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5814 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5815 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5816 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5817 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5818 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5819 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5820 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5821 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5822 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5823 grants them.
5824
5825 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5826 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5827 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5828 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5829 group tree.
5830
5831 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5832 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5833 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5834 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5835 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5836 work correctly in containers now.
5837
5838 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5839 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5840
5841 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5842 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5843 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5844 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5845 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5846
5847 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5848 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5849 signal events.
5850
5851 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5852 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5853 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5854 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5855
5856 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5857 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5858 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5859 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5860 nspawn command line.
5861
5862 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5863 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5864 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5865 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5866 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5867 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5868 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5869 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5870
5871 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5872
5873 CHANGES WITH 225:
5874
5875 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5876 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5877 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5878 shell directly without prompting for username or
5879 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5880 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5881 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5882 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5883 the originating session.
5884
5885 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5886 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5887
5888 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5889 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5890 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5891 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5892 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5893 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5894 probably not stabilize on this release.
5895
5896 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5897 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5898 messages.
5899
5900 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5901 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5902 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5903
5904 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5905 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5906
5907 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5908 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5909 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5910 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5911 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5912 posteriori.
5913
5914 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5915 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5916
5917 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5918 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5919 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5920 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5921 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5922 "lastlog" tools.
5923
5924 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5925 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5926 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5927 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5928 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5929
5930 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5931 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5932 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5933 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5934 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5935 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5936 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5937 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5938 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5939 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5940 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5941 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5942
5943 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5944
5945 CHANGES WITH 224:
5946
5947 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5948 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5949
5950 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5951 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5952 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5953
5954 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5955 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5956 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5957
5958 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5959
5960 CHANGES WITH 223:
5961
5962 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5963 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5964 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5965 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5966
5967 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5968 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5969
5970 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5971 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5972
5973 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5974
5975 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5976 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5977 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5978
5979 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5980 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5981 decapsulated packet.
5982
5983 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5984 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5985 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5986 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5987 netlink attribute.
5988
5989 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5990 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5991 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5992 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5993
5994 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5995 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5996 according to RFC2460.
5997
5998 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5999 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6000
6001 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6002 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6003 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6004
6005 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6006 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6007 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6008 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6009 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6010 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6011
6012 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6013 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6014 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6015 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6016 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6017 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6018 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6019 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6020 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6021 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6022
6023 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6024
6025 CHANGES WITH 222:
6026
6027 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6028 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6029 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6030
6031 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6032 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6033
6034 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6035 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6036 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6037 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6038 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6039
6040 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6041 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6042 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6043
6044 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6045 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6046 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6047 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6048 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6049
6050 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6051
6052 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6053 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6054 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6055 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6056 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6057 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6058 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6059 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6060 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6061 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6062
6063 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6064
6065 CHANGES WITH 221:
6066
6067 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6068 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6069 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6070 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6071 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6072 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6073 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6074 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6075 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6076 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6077 portable to other kernels.
6078
6079 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6080 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6081 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6082 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6083 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6084 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6085 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6086 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6087 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6088 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6089 systemd enabled.
6090
6091 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6092 2.26.
6093
6094 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6095 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6096 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6097 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6098 in README for details.
6099
6100 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6101 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6102 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6103 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6104 unit.
6105
6106 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6107 into man pages.
6108
6109 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6110 external project.
6111
6112 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6113 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6114
6115 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6116 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6117 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6118 state.
6119
6120 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6121 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6122 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6123
6124 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6125 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6126 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6127 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6128 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6129 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6130 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6131 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6132 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6133 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6134 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6135 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6136 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6137 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6138 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6139 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6140
6141 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6142
6143 CHANGES WITH 220:
6144
6145 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6146 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6147 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6148 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6149 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6150 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6151 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6152 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6153
6154 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6155 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6156 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6157 service consumed). This value is only available if
6158 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6159 in the "systemctl status" output.
6160
6161 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6162 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6163 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6164 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6165 previously was already the default behaviour).
6166
6167 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6168 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6169 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6170
6171 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6172 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6173 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6174 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6175
6176 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6177 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6178 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6179 journalling file systems that support external journal
6180 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6181 systems to be mounted.
6182
6183 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6184 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6185 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6186 stable release this should not be problematic.
6187
6188 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6189 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6190 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6191 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6192 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6193
6194 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6195 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6196 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6197 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6198 network switches.
6199
6200 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6201 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6202
6203 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6204 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6205 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6206
6207 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6208
6209 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6210 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6211 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6212 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6213 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6214 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6215 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6216 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6217 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6218 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6219 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6220 been fixed in v220.
6221
6222 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6223 systemd-networkd.
6224
6225 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6226 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6227 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6228 containers started from the command line.
6229
6230 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6231 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6232
6233 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6234 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6235 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6236 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6237
6238 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6239 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6240 when shutting down.
6241
6242 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6243 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6244 overlayfs support.
6245
6246 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6247 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6248 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6249 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6250 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6251 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6252 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6253
6254 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6255 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6256 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6257
6258 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6259 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6260 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6261 of v1 as before).
6262
6263 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6264 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6265
6266 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6267 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6268 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6269 without further privileges or authorization.
6270
6271 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6272 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6273 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6274 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6275 accessible via a bus interface.
6276
6277 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6278 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6279 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6280 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6281 to cover this functionality.
6282
6283 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6284 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6285 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6286 disabled/masked also stopped.
6287
6288 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6289 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6290 updated to support systemd-boot.
6291
6292 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6293 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6294 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6295 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6296 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6297 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6298 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6299 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6300 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6301
6302 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6303 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6304 system.
6305
6306 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
6307 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
6308 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
6309 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
6310
6311 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6312 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6313 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6314 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6315
6316 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6317 stick devices has been added.
6318
6319 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6320 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6321
6322 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6323 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6324 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6325 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6326 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6327
6328 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6329 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6330 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6331
6332 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6333 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6334 Debian.
6335
6336 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6337 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6338 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6339
6340 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6341 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6342 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6343 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6344 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6345 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6346 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6347 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6348 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6349 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6350 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6351 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6352 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6353 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6354 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6355 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6356 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6357 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6358 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6359 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6360 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6361 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6362 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6363 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6364 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6365 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6366 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6367
6368 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6369
6370 CHANGES WITH 219:
6371
6372 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6373 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6374 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6375 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6376 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6377 interface with and update the database.
6378
6379 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6380 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6381 before bytewise copying is done.
6382
6383 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6384 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6385 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6386 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6387 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6388 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6389 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6390 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6391 available on btrfs file systems.
6392
6393 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6394 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6395 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6396 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6397 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6398 systems.
6399
6400 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6401 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6402 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6403 mount point remains.
6404
6405 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6406 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6407 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6408 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6409 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6410 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6411 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6412 are disabled.
6413
6414 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6415 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6416 container to the host or vice versa.
6417
6418 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6419 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6420 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6421
6422 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6423 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6424
6425 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6426 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6427 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6428 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6429 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6430 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6431 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6432 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6433 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6434 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6435 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6436 make the functionality of importd available to the
6437 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6438 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6439 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6440 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6441 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6442 only fully supported on btrfs.
6443
6444 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6445 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6446 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6447 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6448 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6449 information about images.
6450
6451 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6452 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6453 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6454 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6455 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6456 legacy file systems).
6457
6458 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6459 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6460 shown in networkctl output.
6461
6462 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6463 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6464 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6465 processes as system services while interactively
6466 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6467 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6468 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6469 full login session, the difference being that the former
6470 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6471 setup.
6472
6473 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6474 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6475 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6476 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6477 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6478
6479 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6480 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6481 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6482 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6483 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6484 via qemu/kvm.
6485
6486 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6487 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6488 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6489 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6490 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6491 disk images, too.
6492
6493 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6494 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6495 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6496 integrate with that.
6497
6498 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6499 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6500 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6501 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6502
6503 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6504 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6505 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6506
6507 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6508 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6509 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6510 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6511 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6512 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6513 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6514 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6515 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6516 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6517
6518 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6519 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6520 files.
6521
6522 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6523 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6524 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6525 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6526 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6527 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6528 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6529 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6530 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6531 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6532 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6533 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6534 explicitly turned on.
6535
6536 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6537 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6538 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6539 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6540
6541 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6542 supported.
6543
6544 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6545 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6546 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6547 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6548 associated with a virtual machine or container
6549 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6550 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6551 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6552 output however.)
6553
6554 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6555 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6556 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6557 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6558 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6559 caller's session/user.
6560
6561 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6562 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6563 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6564 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6565 user services.
6566
6567 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6568 same way as unit files.
6569
6570 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6571 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6572 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6573 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6574 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6575 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6576 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6577 the host.
6578
6579 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6580 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6581 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6582 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6583 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6584 host.
6585
6586 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6587 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6588 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6589 updated to make use of it too by default.
6590
6591 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6592 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6593 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6594 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6595
6596 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6597 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6598 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6599 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6600 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6601 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6602 modification.
6603
6604 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6605 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6606 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6607 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6608 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6609 information about Touchpad types.
6610
6611 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6612 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6613
6614 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6615 Policy link field.
6616
6617 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6618 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6619
6620 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6621 ACLs on files.
6622
6623 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6624 tmpfs, automatically.
6625
6626 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6627 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6628 status" output, if available.
6629
6630 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6631 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6632 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6633 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6634 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6635 run on next reboot.
6636
6637 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6638 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6639 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6640 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6641 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6642 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6643 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6644
6645 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6646 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6647 after a configurable timeout.
6648
6649 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6650 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6651 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6652 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6653 it non-idle.
6654
6655 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6656 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6657
6658 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6659 each .network interface in networkd.
6660
6661 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6662 in .network files.
6663
6664 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6665 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6666
6667 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6668 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6669 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6670 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6671 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6672 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6673 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6674 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6675 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6676 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6677 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6678 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6679 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6680 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6681 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6682 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6683 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6684 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6685 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6686 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6687 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6688 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6689 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6690 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6691
6692 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6693
6694 CHANGES WITH 218:
6695
6696 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6697 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6698 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6699 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6700
6701 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6702 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6703 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6704 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6705 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6706
6707 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6708
6709 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6710 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6711 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6712 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6713 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6714 modified configuration after editing.
6715
6716 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6717 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6718 system preset files.
6719
6720 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6721 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6722 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6723 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6724 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6725 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6726 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6727 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6728 other contexts.
6729
6730 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6731 inhibitors.
6732
6733 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6734 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6735 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6736 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6737 managers.
6738
6739 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6740 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6741 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6742 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6743 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6744 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6745 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6746 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6747 parallel to journald.
6748
6749 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6750 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6751 available.
6752
6753 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6754 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6755 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6756 or are not older than the specified time.
6757
6758 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6759 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6760 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6761 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6762
6763 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6764 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6765 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6766 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6767 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6768 communication.
6769
6770 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6771 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6772 services.
6773
6774 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6775 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6776 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6777 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6778 the new "busctl tree" command.
6779
6780 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6781 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6782 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6783 friendly way.
6784
6785 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6786 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6787 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6788 race-ful way.
6789
6790 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6791 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6792 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6793 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6794 --link-journal=try-guest.
6795
6796 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6797 stable MAC addresses.
6798
6799 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6800 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6801 the respective unit shall use.
6802
6803 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6804 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6805 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6806 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6807
6808 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6809 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6810 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6811 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6812 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6813 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6814
6815 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6816 details see:
6817
6818 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6819
6820 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6821 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6822 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6823 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6824 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6825 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6826 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6827 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6828 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6829 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6830 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6831 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6832
6833 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6834 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6835 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6836 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6837 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6838
6839 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6840 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6841 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6842 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6843 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6844 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6845 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6846 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6847
6848 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6849 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6850 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6851 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6852 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6853 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6854 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6855 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6856 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6857 interface.
6858
6859 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6860 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6861 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6862 luks.name= argument.
6863
6864 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6865 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6866 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6867 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6868 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6869 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6870
6871 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6872 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6873 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6874
6875 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6876 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6877 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6878 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6879 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6880 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6881 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6882 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6883 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6884 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6885 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6886 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6887 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6888 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6889 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6890 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6891 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6892 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6893
6894 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6895
6896 CHANGES WITH 217:
6897
6898 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6899 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6900 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6901 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6902
6903 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6904 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6905 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6906 now waits until the operation is complete.
6907
6908 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6909 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6910 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6911 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6912 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6913 connection.
6914
6915 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6916 commands anymore.
6917
6918 * User units are now loaded also from
6919 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6920 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6921 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6922
6923 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6924 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6925 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6926 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6927 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6928 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6929 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6930 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6931 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6932 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6933 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6934 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6935 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6936 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6937 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6938 question.
6939
6940 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6941 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6942 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6943
6944 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6945 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6946 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6947 command line to trigger resume.
6948
6949 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6950 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6951 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6952 Desktop=systemd-console.
6953
6954 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6955 systemd-networkd.
6956
6957 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6958 from the information provided by the networking stack
6959 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6960
6961 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6962 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6963
6964 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6965 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6966 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6967
6968 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6969
6970 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6971 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6972 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6973 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6974 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6975 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6976
6977 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6978 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6979 respected.
6980
6981 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6982 virtualization.
6983
6984 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6985 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6986 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6987 on.
6988
6989 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6990
6991 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6992
6993 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6994 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6995 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6996 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6997 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6998 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6999 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7000
7001 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7002 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7003 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7004 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7005 from the service's view entirely.
7006
7007 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7008 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7009
7010 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7011 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7012 session.
7013
7014 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7015 legacy-free systems.
7016
7017 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7018 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7019 easily.
7020
7021 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7022 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7023 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7024 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7025 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7026 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7027 option.
7028
7029 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7030 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7031 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7032 /usr.
7033
7034 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7035 services, not only the main process.
7036
7037 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7038 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7039 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7040 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7041 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7042
7043 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7044 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7045 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7046 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7047 directly from now on, again.
7048
7049 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7050 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7051 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7052 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7053 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7054 enabling and disabling.
7055
7056 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7057 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7058 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7059 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7060 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7061 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7062 unnecessary or unlikely.
7063
7064 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7065 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7066 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7067 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7068
7069 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7070 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7071 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7072 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7073 overwritten at runtime.
7074
7075 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7076 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7077 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7078 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7079 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7080 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7081 segmentation fault.
7082
7083 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7084 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7085 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7086 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7087 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7088 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7089 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7090 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7091 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7092 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7093 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7094 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7095 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7096 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7097 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7098 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7099 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7100 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7101 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7102 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7103 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7104 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7105
7106 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7107
7108 CHANGES WITH 216:
7109
7110 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7111 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7112 implementations should add a
7113
7114 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7115
7116 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7117 default functionality.
7118
7119 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7120 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7121 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7122 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7123 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7124 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7125 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7126 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7127 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7128 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7129 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7130 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7131 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7132
7133 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7134 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7135 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7136 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7137 added eventually, too.
7138
7139 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7140 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7141 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7142 new command to update these fields.
7143
7144 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7145 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7146 have been discovered via DHCP.
7147
7148 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7149 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7150 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7151 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7152 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7153 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7154 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7155 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7156 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7157 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7158 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7159 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7160 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7161 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7162 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7163 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7164 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7165 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7166 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7167 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7168
7169 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7170 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7171 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7172
7173 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7174 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7175 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7176 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7177 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7178 control utility for networkd.
7179
7180 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7181 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7182 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7183 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7184 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7185 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7186 (NoDelay=).
7187
7188 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7189 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7190
7191 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7192 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7193 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7194 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7195 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7196 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7197
7198 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7199 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7200 of the link.
7201
7202 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7203 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7204
7205 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7206 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7207
7208 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7209 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7210 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7211 for DHCP.
7212
7213 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7214 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7215 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7216 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7217 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7218 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7219 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7220 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7221
7222 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7223 validation of unit files.
7224
7225 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7226 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7227 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7228 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7229 address may now be configured.
7230
7231 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7232 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7233 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7234 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7235
7236 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7237 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7238
7239 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7240 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7241 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7242 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7243
7244 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7245 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7246 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7247 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7248 implementation.
7249
7250 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7251 journal data to a remote system running
7252 systemd-journal-remote.
7253
7254 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7255 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7256 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7257 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7258 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7259 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7260 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7261 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7262 version, you have to turn this option on again
7263 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7264
7265 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7266 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7267 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7268
7269 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7270 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7271
7272 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7273 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7274
7275 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7276 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7277 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7278
7279 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7280 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7281 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7282 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7283 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7284
7285 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7286
7287 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7288
7289 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7290 when primary addresses are removed.
7291
7292 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7293 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7294 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7295 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7296 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7297 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7298 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7299 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7300 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7301 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7302 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7303 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7304 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7305 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7306 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7307
7308 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7309
7310 CHANGES WITH 215:
7311
7312 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7313 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7314 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7315 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7316 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7317 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7318 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7319 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7320 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7321 require.
7322
7323 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7324 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7325
7326 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7327 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7328 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7329 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7330 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7331 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7332 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7333
7334 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7335 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7336 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7337 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7338 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7339 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7340 update or reset should use this condition and order
7341 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7342 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7343 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7344 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7345 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7346 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7347 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7348 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7349 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7350
7351 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7352
7353 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7354 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7355 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7356 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7357
7358 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7359 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7360 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7361 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7362 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7363 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7364 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7365 .network files using settings of this section should be
7366 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7367 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7368
7369 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7370 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7371
7372 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7373 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7374 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7375 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7376 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7377 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7378 of nspawn instances.
7379
7380 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7381 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7382 added.
7383
7384 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7385 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7386 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7387 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7388 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7389 configuration stored in /etc.
7390
7391 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7392 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7393 parsing of unknown mount options.
7394
7395 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7396 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7397 it already exist and not already be the correct
7398 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7399 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7400 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7401 pre-existing files of different types.
7402
7403 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7404 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7405 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7406 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7407 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7408 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7409 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7410
7411 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7412 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7413 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7414 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7415 shall be executed.
7416
7417 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7418 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7419 example whether it is fully up and running.
7420
7421 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7422 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7423 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7424 reset.
7425
7426 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7427 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7428
7429 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7430 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7431 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7432
7433 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7434 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7435 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7436
7437 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7438 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7439 access to this group.
7440
7441 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7442 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7443 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7444 to the journal.
7445
7446 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7447 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7448 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7449 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7450 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7451 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7452
7453 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7454 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7455 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7456 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7457 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7458 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7459 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7460 the old name to the new name.
7461
7462 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7463 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7464 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7465
7466 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7467 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7468 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7469 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7470 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7471 "systemd-debug-generator".
7472
7473 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7474 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7475 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7476 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7477 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7478 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7479 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7480 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7481 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7482 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7483 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7484
7485 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7486 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7487 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7488 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7489 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7490 machine and user.
7491
7492 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7493 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7494 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7495 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7496 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7497
7498 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7499 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7500 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7501 couple of drop-in directories.
7502
7503 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7504 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7505 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7506 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7507 for dev_port.
7508
7509 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7510 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7511 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7512 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7513
7514 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7515 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7516 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7517 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7518 Restart= setting.
7519
7520 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7521 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7522 directly connect to a specific container on the
7523 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7524 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7525 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7526 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7527 containers is a privileged operation.
7528
7529 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7530 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7531 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7532 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7533 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7534 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7535 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7536 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7537 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7538 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7539 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7540 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7541
7542 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7543
7544 CHANGES WITH 214:
7545
7546 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7547 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7548 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7549 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7550 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7551 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7552 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7553 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7554 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7555 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7556 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7557 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7558 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7559 devices are excluded from this logic.
7560
7561 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7562 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7563 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7564 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7565 change has been released.
7566
7567 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7568 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7569 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7570
7571 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7572 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7573 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7574 with fewer privileges.
7575
7576 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7577 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7578 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7579 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7580
7581 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7582 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7583
7584 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7585 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7586
7587 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7588 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7589 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7590
7591 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7592 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7593 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7594 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7595 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7596 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7597
7598 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7599 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7600 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7601
7602 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7603 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7604 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7605 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7606 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7607 modifications of user data or system files from
7608 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7609 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7610
7611 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7612 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7613 and FIFOs in the file system.
7614
7615 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7616 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7617 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7618
7619 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7620 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7621 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7622 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7623 the socket itself.
7624
7625 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7626 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7627 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7628 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7629 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7630 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7631 symlinks, and nothing else.
7632
7633 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7634 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7635 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7636 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7637 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7638 process (for example, the parent process). The
7639 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7640 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7641 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7642 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7643 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7644 messages to services when the originating process already
7645 vanished.
7646
7647 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7648 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7649 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7650 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7651 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7652 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7653 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7654 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7655 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7656 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7657 all long-running services.
7658
7659 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7660 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7661 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7662 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7663 service.
7664
7665 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7666 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7667 applied to all submounts, too.
7668
7669 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7670
7671 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7672 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7673 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7674 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7675 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7676 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7677 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7678
7679 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7680 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7681 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7682 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7683 (domU) domains.
7684
7685 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7686 files or entire directories.
7687
7688 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7689 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7690 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7691 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7692 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7693
7694 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7695 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7696 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7697 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7698 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7699 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7700 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7701 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7702 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7703 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7704 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7705 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7706
7707 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7708 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7709 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7710 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7711
7712 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7713 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7714 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7715 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7716 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7717 non-directories.
7718
7719 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7720 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7721 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7722
7723 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7724 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7725 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7726 this group.
7727
7728 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7729 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7730 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7731 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7732 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7733 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7734 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7735
7736 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7737
7738 CHANGES WITH 213:
7739
7740 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7741 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7742 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7743 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7744 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7745 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7746 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7747 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7748 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7749 client should be more than appropriate for most
7750 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7751 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7752 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7753 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7754 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7755 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7756 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7757 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7758 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7759 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7760 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7761
7762 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7763 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7764 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7765 part of a different namespace.
7766
7767 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7768 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7769 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7770 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7771
7772 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7773 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7774 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7775
7776 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7777 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7778 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7779 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7780 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7781 restart the service in question.
7782
7783 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7784 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7785 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7786 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7787 details when running non-locally.
7788
7789 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7790 graphs it generates.
7791
7792 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7793 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7794 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7795 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7796 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7797
7798 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7799
7800 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7801 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7802 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7803 what it was on SysV systems.
7804
7805 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7806 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7807
7808 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7809 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7810 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7811
7812 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7813 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7814 to show these addresses in its output.
7815
7816 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7817 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7818 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7819 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7820 preferred over a text one.
7821
7822 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7823 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7824 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7825 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7826 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7827 mDNS cache.
7828
7829 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7830 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7831 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7832 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7833 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7834
7835 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7836 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7837 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7838 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7839 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7840
7841 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7842 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7843 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7844 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7845 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7846 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7847 overrides any other settings.
7848
7849 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7850 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7851 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7852 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7853 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7854 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7855 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7856 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7857 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7858 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7859 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7860 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7861 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7862 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7863 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7864 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7865 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7866
7867 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7868
7869 CHANGES WITH 212:
7870
7871 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7872 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7873 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7874 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7875 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7876 by accident.
7877
7878 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7879 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7880 registered with machined.
7881
7882 * sd-login gained new calls
7883 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7884 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7885 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7886 counterparts.
7887
7888 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7889 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7890 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7891 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7892 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7893 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7894 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7895 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7896 once.
7897
7898 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7899 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7900 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7901
7902 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7903 units on all local containers, when used with the
7904 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7905 executed when no parameters are specified).
7906
7907 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7908 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7909 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7910 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7911
7912 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7913 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7914 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7915 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7916 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7917 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7918
7919 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7920 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7921 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7922 of the container.
7923
7924 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7925 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7926 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7927 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7928 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7929 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7930 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7931 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7932
7933 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7934 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7935 instead of /.
7936
7937 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7938 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7939 emergency messages now.
7940
7941 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7942 journal log messages across the network.
7943
7944 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7945 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7946 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7947 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7948 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7949 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7950 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7951
7952 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7953 down a local OS container.
7954
7955 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7956 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7957 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7958
7959 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7960 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7961 this is appropriate.
7962
7963 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7964 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7965 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7966
7967 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7968 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7969 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7970 for debugging purposes.
7971
7972 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7973 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7974 in seconds.
7975
7976 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7977 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7978 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7979 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7980 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7981 like on traditional inetd.
7982
7983 * A new system.conf configuration option
7984 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7985 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7986
7987 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7988 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7989 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7990 do these days).
7991
7992 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7993 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7994 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7995 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7996 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7997 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7998
7999 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8000 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8001 it will be triggered.
8002
8003 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8004 addresses to its local interfaces.
8005
8006 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8007 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8008 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8009 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8010 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8011 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8012 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8013 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8014 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8015
8016 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8017
8018 CHANGES WITH 211:
8019
8020 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8021 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8022 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8023 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8024 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8025 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8026
8027 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8028 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8029 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8030 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8031 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8032 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8033 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8034 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8035 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8036
8037 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8038 matching against device group names.
8039
8040 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8041 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8042 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8043 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8044 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8045 though.
8046
8047 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8048 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8049 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8050 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8051 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8052 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8053 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8054 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8055 systems prepared appropriately.
8056
8057 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8058 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8059 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8060 (see above). This means that installations made with
8061 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8062 deployed using container managers, completely
8063 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8064 this feature soon, too.)
8065
8066 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8067 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8068 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8069 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8070
8071 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8072 using IPv4LL.
8073
8074 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8075 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8076 systemd-networkd.
8077
8078 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8079 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8080 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8081 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8082 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8083
8084 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8085 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8086 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8087 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8088 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8089 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8090 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8091 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8092 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8093 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8094 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8095 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8096 users.
8097
8098 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8099 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8100 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8101 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8102 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8103 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8104 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8105 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8106 due to a closed lid.
8107
8108 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8109 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8110 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8111 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8112 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8113 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8114
8115 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8116 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8117 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8118 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8119 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8120
8121 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8122 now also work in --scope mode.
8123
8124 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8125 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8126 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8127 promises are made.)
8128
8129 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8130 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8131 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8132 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8133 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8134 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8135 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8136 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8137 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8138 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8139
8140 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8141
8142 CHANGES WITH 210:
8143
8144 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8145 according to SMACK rules.
8146
8147 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8148 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8149
8150 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8151 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8152 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8153
8154 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8155 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8156 and machine ID.
8157
8158 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8159 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8160 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8161 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8162 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8163 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8164 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8165 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8166 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8167 backpack or similar.
8168
8169 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8170 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8171 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8172 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8173 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8174 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8175 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8176 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8177 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8178 this on its own.
8179
8180 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8181 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8182 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8183 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8184
8185 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8186 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8187 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8188 --network-bridge= switches.
8189
8190 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8191 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8192 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8193 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8194 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8195 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8196 each configuration option.
8197
8198 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8199 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8200 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8201 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8202 at once.
8203
8204 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8205 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8206 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8207 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8208 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8209
8210 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8211 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8212 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8213 default however.
8214
8215 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8216 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8217 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8218 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8219 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8220 them with systemd-networkd.
8221
8222 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8223 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8224 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8225 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8226 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8227 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8228 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8229 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8230 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8231 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8232 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8233 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8234 during a transitional period!
8235
8236 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8237 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8238
8239 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8240 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8241 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8242 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8243 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8244 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8245 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8246 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8247
8248 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8249
8250 CHANGES WITH 209:
8251
8252 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8253 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8254 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8255 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8256 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8257 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8258 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8259 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8260 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8261 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8262 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8263 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8264
8265 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8266 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8267 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8268 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8269 machines and the like.
8270
8271 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8272 shutdown/boot.
8273
8274 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8275 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8276
8277 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8278 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8279 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8280 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8281
8282 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8283 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8284 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8285 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8286 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8287 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8288
8289 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8290 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8291 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8292 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8293 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8294 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8295 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8296 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8297 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8298
8299 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8300 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8301
8302 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8303 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8304 implementation.
8305
8306 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8307 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8308 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8309 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8310 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8311 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8312 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8313 and .service units.
8314
8315 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8316 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8317 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8318
8319 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8320 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8321 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8322 nothing makes use of it.
8323
8324 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8325 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8326 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8327
8328 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8329 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8330 compatibility purposes.
8331
8332 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8333 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8334 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8335 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8336 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8337 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8338 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8339 process handling.
8340
8341 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8342 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8343 style to "sd-bus.h".
8344
8345 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8346 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8347 "systemd-networkd".
8348
8349 * There is a new kernel command line option
8350 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8351 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8352 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8353 are not restored.
8354
8355 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8356 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8357 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8358 PID1's support for that anymore.
8359
8360 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8361 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8362
8363 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8364 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8365 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8366 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8367 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8368 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8369
8370 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8371 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8372 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8373 onto remote systems.
8374
8375 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8376 login in any local container. This works with any container
8377 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8378 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8379
8380 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8381 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8382 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8383 system of some kind.
8384
8385 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8386 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8387 next.
8388
8389 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8390 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8391 reboot() system call.
8392
8393 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8394 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8395 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8396 still available but not advertised anymore.
8397
8398 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8399 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8400 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8401 within each Unit.
8402
8403 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8404 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8405 the kernel).
8406
8407 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8408 timestamps (following the setting in
8409 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8410
8411 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8412 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8413
8414 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8415 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8416
8417 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8418 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8419 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8420
8421 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8422 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8423 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8424 the full configuration is shown.
8425
8426 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8427 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8428 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8429
8430 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8431
8432 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8433 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8434
8435 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8436 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8437 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8438 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8439
8440 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8441 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8442 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8443 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8444
8445 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8446 of the legend text.
8447
8448 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8449 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8450 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8451 remote sessions.
8452
8453 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8454 information of SDIO devices.
8455
8456 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8457 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8458 the system manager.
8459
8460 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8461 short description of the connection parameters in the
8462 description.
8463
8464 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8465 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8466 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8467 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8468 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8469 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8470 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8471
8472 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8473 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8474 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8475 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8476 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8477 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8478 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8479 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8480 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8481
8482 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8483 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8484 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8485 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8486 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8487 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8488 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8489 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8490 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8491 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8492 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8493 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8494 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8495 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8496 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8497 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8498 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8499 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8500 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8501 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8502 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8503 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8504 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8505
8506 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8507 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8508 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8509 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8510 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8511 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8512 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8513 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8514 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8515 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8516 APIs.
8517
8518 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8519 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8520 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8521 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8522 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8523 declare the APIs stable.
8524
8525 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8526 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8527 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8528 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8529 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8530 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8531 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8532 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8533 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8534 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8535 one of them is updated.
8536
8537 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8538 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8539 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8540 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8541 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8542
8543 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8544 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8545 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8546 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8547 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8548 entry points.
8549
8550 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8551 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8552 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8553 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8554 been disabled at compile-time.
8555
8556 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8557 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8558 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8559 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8560
8561 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8562 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8563 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8564
8565 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8566 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8567 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8568
8569 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8570 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8571 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8572
8573 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8574 remains until jobs expire.
8575
8576 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8577 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8578 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8579 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8580 all remaining processes of the service.
8581
8582 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8583 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8584 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8585 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8586 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8587 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8588 manager process which created them takes no further
8589 responsibilities for it.
8590
8591 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8592 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8593 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8594 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8595 marked executable or world-writable.
8596
8597 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8598 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8599 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8600 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8601
8602 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8603 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8604 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8605 independent of the host.
8606
8607 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8608 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8609 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8610 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8611
8612 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8613 with specific SELinux labels set.
8614
8615 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8616 any additional output but the container's own console
8617 output.
8618
8619 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8620 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8621
8622 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8623 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8624 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8625 OS images, but only specific apps.
8626
8627 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8628 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8629 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8630 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8631
8632 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8633 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8634 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8635 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8636 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8637 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8638
8639 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8640 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8641 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8642 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8643 units to use.
8644
8645 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8646 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8647 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8648 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8649
8650 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8651 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8652 context for a service.
8653
8654 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8655 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8656 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8657 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8658 influence this logic.
8659
8660 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8661 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8662 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8663 other things.
8664
8665 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8666 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8667 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8668 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8669 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8670 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8671 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8672 architectures). There is also a global
8673 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8674 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8675
8676 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8677 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8678
8679 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8680 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8681 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8682 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8683 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8684 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8685 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8686 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8687 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8688 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8689 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8690 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8691 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8692 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8693 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8694 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8695 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8696 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8697 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8698 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8699 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8700 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8701 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8702 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8703
8704 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8705
8706 CHANGES WITH 208:
8707
8708 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8709 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8710 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8711 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8712 access input and drm devices which are normally
8713 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8714 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8715 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8716 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8717 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8718 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8719 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8720 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8721
8722 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8723 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8724 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8725
8726 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8727 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8728 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8729 kernel version number.
8730
8731 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8732 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8733 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8734
8735 * This release removes high-level support for the
8736 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8737 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8738 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8739 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8740
8741 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8742 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8743 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8744 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8745 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8746 cgroup system.
8747
8748 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8749 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8750 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8751 logs among other things.
8752
8753 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8754 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8755 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8756 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8757 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8758 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8759 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8760 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8761 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8762 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8763 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8764 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8765 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8766 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8767 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8768 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8769 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8770 not delayed until next reboot.
8771
8772 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8773 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8774 systemd generated files in one directory.
8775
8776 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8777 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8778 performance information if that's available to determine how
8779 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8780 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8781 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8782
8783 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8784 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8785 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8786 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8787 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8788 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8789 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8790
8791 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8792
8793 CHANGES WITH 207:
8794
8795 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8796 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8797 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8798 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8799
8800 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8801 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8802 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8803 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8804 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8805
8806 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8807 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8808
8809 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8810 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8811 maximum number of tries.
8812
8813 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8814 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8815 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8816
8817 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8818 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8819
8820 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8821 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8822 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8823
8824 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8825 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8826 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8827
8828 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8829 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8830 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8831 and type).
8832
8833 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8834 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8835
8836 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8837 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8838 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8839 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8840
8841 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8842 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8843 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8844 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8845 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8846 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8847 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8848 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8849
8850 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8851 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8852 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8853 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8854
8855 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8856 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8857 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8858 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8859 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8860 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8861 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8862
8863 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8864 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8865
8866 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8867 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8868 automatically after the process terminated.
8869
8870 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8871 certain paths from operation.
8872
8873 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8874 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8875 is received.
8876
8877 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8878 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8879 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8880 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8881 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8882 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8883 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8884 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8885 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8886 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8887 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8888 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8889 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8890
8891 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8892
8893 CHANGES WITH 206:
8894
8895 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8896 concepts introduced with 205.
8897
8898 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8899 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8900 -r".
8901
8902 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8903 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8904 --state= parameter.
8905
8906 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8907 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8908 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8909 the journal.
8910
8911 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8912 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8913 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8914
8915 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8916 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8917 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8918 browsing logs from that point on.
8919
8920 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8921 of an FSS key.
8922
8923 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8924 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8925 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8926 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8927 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8928 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8929 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8930 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8931 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8932 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8933 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8934 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8935 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8936 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8937
8938 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8939 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8940 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8941 backing module right-away.
8942
8943 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8944 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8945
8946 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8947 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8948
8949 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8950 set of processes in the message metadata.
8951
8952 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8953
8954 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8955 support for passing performance data via environment
8956 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8957 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8958 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8959 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8960 deserialize it again.
8961
8962 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8963 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8964 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8965 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8966
8967 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8968 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8969 completely silent shutdown when used.
8970
8971 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8972 option in .socket units.
8973
8974 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8975 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8976 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8977 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8978 system.slice as before.
8979
8980 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8981
8982 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8983 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8984 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8985 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8986 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8987 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8988 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8989
8990 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8991
8992 CHANGES WITH 205:
8993
8994 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8995
8996 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8997 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8998 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8999 possible for system services and applications to group their
9000 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9001 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9002 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9003
9004 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9005 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9006 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9007 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9008 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9009
9010 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9011 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9012 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9013 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9014
9015 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9016 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9017 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9018 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9019 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9020 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9021 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9022 and useful as a general batch manager.
9023
9024 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9025 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9026 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9027 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9028 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9029 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9030 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9031 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9032 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9033 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9034
9035 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9036 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9037 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9038 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9039 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9040 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9041 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9042 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9043 is compile-time optional.
9044
9045 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9046 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9047 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9048 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9049 well as slice units.
9050
9051 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9052 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9053 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9054 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9055 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9056 command that wraps this call.
9057
9058 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9059 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9060 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9061 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9062 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9063 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9064 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9065
9066 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9067 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9068 off audit.
9069
9070 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9071 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9072
9073 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9074 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9075 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9076 and system logs.
9077
9078 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9079 snippets extending unit files.
9080
9081 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9082 not available as public API.
9083
9084 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9085 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9086 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9087
9088 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9089 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9090 controls what to boot into by default.
9091
9092 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9093 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9094
9095 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9096 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9097 about the unit file loading.
9098
9099 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9100 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9101 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9102 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9103 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9104 racy due to journal file rotation.
9105
9106 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9107 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9108 all services.
9109
9110 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9111 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9112 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9113 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9114 system services want to log events about specific client
9115 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9116 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9117 unit is requested.
9118
9119 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9120 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9121 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9122 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9123 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9124 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9125 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9126 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9127 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9128 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9129 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9130 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9131 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9132
9133 CHANGES WITH 204:
9134
9135 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9136 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9137
9138 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9139 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9140 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9141
9142 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9143 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9144
9145 CHANGES WITH 203:
9146
9147 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9148 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9149
9150 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9151 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9152 fields, including the root directory.
9153
9154 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9155 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9156 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9157 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9158 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9159 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9160 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9161 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9162 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9163 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9164 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9165
9166 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9167 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9168
9169 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9170 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9171
9172 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9173 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9174 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9175 the local hostname.
9176
9177 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9178 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9179 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9180 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9181 VMs/containers coming and going.
9182
9183 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9184 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9185 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9186
9187 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9188 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9189 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9190 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9191
9192 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9193 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9194 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9195
9196 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9197 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9198 services. With the container's root directory in
9199 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9200 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9201
9202 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9203 the processes within a certain container.
9204
9205 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9206 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9207 check though. Patches welcome!
9208
9209 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9210 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9211 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9212 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9213 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9214
9215 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9216 the passed argument if applicable.
9217
9218 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9219 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9220 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9221 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9222 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9223 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9224 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9225 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9226
9227 CHANGES WITH 202:
9228
9229 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9230 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9231 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9232 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9233 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9234 units activate.
9235
9236 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9237 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9238 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9239 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9240 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9241 for now, and not installable.
9242
9243 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9244 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9245 can run in conjunction with udev.
9246
9247 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9248 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9249 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9250 session manager.
9251
9252 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9253 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9254 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9255 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9256 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9257 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9258 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9259 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9260 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9261 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9262 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9263
9264 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9265
9266 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9267 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9268 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9269 logical expressions.
9270
9271 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9272 switches.
9273
9274 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9275 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9276 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9277 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9278 the user.
9279
9280 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9281 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9282 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9283 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9284 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9285 an entry.
9286
9287 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9288 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9289 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9290 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9291 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9292 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9293
9294 CHANGES WITH 201:
9295
9296 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9297 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9298 directory.
9299
9300 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9301 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9302 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9303 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9304 problem.
9305
9306 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9307 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9308 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9309 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9310
9311 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9312 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9313
9314 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9315 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9316 files in this context are files such as
9317 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9318
9319 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9320 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9321 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9322 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9323 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9324 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9325
9326 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9327 hostnames.
9328
9329 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9330 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9331 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9332 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9333 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9334 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9335 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9336 all time-related output of systemd.
9337
9338 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9339 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9340 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9341 loops.
9342
9343 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9344 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9345
9346 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9347 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9348 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9349 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9350 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9351
9352 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9353 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9354 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9355 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9356 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9357 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9358 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9359
9360 CHANGES WITH 200:
9361
9362 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9363 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9364 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9365 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9366 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9367 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9368
9369 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9370 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9371 images.
9372
9373 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9374 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9375 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9376
9377 CHANGES WITH 199:
9378
9379 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9380
9381 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9382 security policy.
9383
9384 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9385 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9386 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9387 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9388 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9389 the same service can still access). When a service is
9390 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9391 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9392 this though).
9393
9394 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9395 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9396 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9397 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9398 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9399 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9400
9401 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9402 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9403
9404 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9405 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9406
9407 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9408
9409 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9410 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9411 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9412 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9413 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9414
9415 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9416 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9417 system is to be mounted.
9418
9419 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9420 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9421 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9422 purpose for socket units.
9423
9424 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9425 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9426
9427 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9428 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9429 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9430 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9431 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9432
9433 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9434 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9435 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9436 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9437 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9438 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9439 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9440 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9441 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9442
9443 CHANGES WITH 198:
9444
9445 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9446 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9447 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9448 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9449 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9450 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9451 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9452 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9453 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9454 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9455 unit files locally: copying the files from
9456 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9457 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9458 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9459 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9460 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9461 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9462 for them too.
9463
9464 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9465 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9466 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9467 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9468 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9469 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9470 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9471 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9472 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9473
9474 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9475 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9476
9477 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9478 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9479 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9480 other users.
9481
9482 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9483 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9484 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9485 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9486 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9487 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9488 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9489 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9490 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9491 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9492 supported.
9493
9494 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9495 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9496 the foreground VT.
9497
9498 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9499 call.
9500
9501 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9502 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9503 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9504 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9505 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9506 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9507 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9508 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9509 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9510 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9511 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9512 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9513 also been removed.
9514
9515 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9516 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9517 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9518 objects themselves.
9519
9520 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9521
9522 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9523 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9524 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9525 to how this is supported in shells.
9526
9527 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9528 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9529 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9530 user systemd instance.
9531
9532 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9533 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9534 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9535 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9536 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9537 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9538 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9539 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9540 one day for good in the kernel.
9541
9542 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9543 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9544 container.
9545
9546 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9547 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9548 the host into the container.
9549
9550 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9551 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9552 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9553 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9554 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9555 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9556
9557 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9558
9559 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9560 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9561 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9562 configured to be mounted there.
9563
9564 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9565 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9566 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9567 system resume events.
9568
9569 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9570 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9571 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9572 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9573
9574 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9575 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9576 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9577 card).
9578
9579 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9580 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9581 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9582
9583 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9584 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9585 later "change" event.
9586
9587 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9588 now carry a message ID.
9589
9590 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9591 continues to be work in progress.
9592
9593 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9594 root directory to operate relative to.
9595
9596 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9597 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9598 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9599 times a little.
9600
9601 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9602 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9603 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9604 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9605 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9606 request boot into firmware operations.
9607
9608 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9609 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9610 correctly in initrds.
9611
9612 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9613 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9614
9615 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9616 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9617
9618 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9619 the status of all active or failed units.
9620
9621 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9622 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9623 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9624 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9625 requests more robust.
9626
9627 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9628 reading journal files.
9629
9630 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9631 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9632
9633 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9634
9635 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9636 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9637
9638 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9639 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9640 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9641 socket activation in daemons.
9642
9643 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9644 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9645
9646 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9647 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9648 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9649
9650 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9651 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9652 system units.
9653
9654 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9655 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9656 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9657
9658 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9659 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9660 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9661 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9662 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9663 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9664 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9665 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9666 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9667 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9668 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9669 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9670 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9671 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9672 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9673 package installation time.
9674
9675 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9676 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9677 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9678 installation time.
9679
9680 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9681 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9682
9683 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9684
9685 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9686 available.
9687
9688 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9689 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9690
9691 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9692 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9693 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9694 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9695 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9696 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9697 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9698 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9699 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9700 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9701 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9702 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9703 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9704 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9705
9706 CHANGES WITH 197:
9707
9708 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9709 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9710 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9711 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9712 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9713 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9714 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9715 the supported calendar time specification language see
9716 systemd.time(7).
9717
9718 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9719 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9720 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9721 document for details:
9722
9723 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9724
9725 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9726 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9727 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9728 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9729 dependencies.
9730
9731 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9732 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9733 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9734 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9735 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9736 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9737 with a configure switch.
9738
9739 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9740 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9741 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9742 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9743 such as ext4.
9744
9745 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9746 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9747 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9748
9749 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9750 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9751
9752 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9753 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9754 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9755 using only core OS tools.
9756
9757 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9758 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9759 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9760 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9761 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9762 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9763 eventually.
9764
9765 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9766 presenting log data.
9767
9768 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9769 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9770
9771 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9772 system on idle.
9773
9774 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9775 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9776 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9777 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9778 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9779 information if possible.
9780
9781 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9782 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9783 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9784
9785 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9786 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9787 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9788 is running on battery power.
9789
9790 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9791 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9792 is in the "failed" state.
9793
9794 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9795 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9796 environment files at once.
9797
9798 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9799 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9800 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9801 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9802 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9803 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9804 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9805 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9806 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9807 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9808 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9809 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9810 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9811
9812 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9813 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9814
9815 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9816 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9817
9818 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9819 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9820 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9821 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9822 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9823 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9824 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9825 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9826 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9827 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9828 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9829 shipped from us upstream.
9830
9831 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9832 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9833 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9834 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9835 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9836 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9837 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9838 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9839 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9840 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9841 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9842 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9843 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9844
9845 CHANGES WITH 196:
9846
9847 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9848 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9849 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9850 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9851 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9852 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9853 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9854 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9855 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9856 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9857 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9858 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9859 data for all devices where this is available, by
9860 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9861 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9862 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9863 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9864 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9865 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9866
9867 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9868 indexed database to link up additional information with
9869 journal entries. For further details please check:
9870
9871 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9872
9873 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9874 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9875 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9876 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9877 macro for this purpose.
9878
9879 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9880 Python logging framework.
9881
9882 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9883 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9884 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9885 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9886 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9887 time intervals.
9888
9889 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9890 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9891 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9892
9893 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9894 right-away on the selected coredump.
9895
9896 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9897 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9898 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9899
9900 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9901 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9902 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9903 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9904
9905 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9906 default.
9907
9908 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9909 SMACK security label.
9910
9911 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9912 daylight saving change.
9913
9914 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9915 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9916 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9917 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9918 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9919 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9920 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9921
9922 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9923 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9924 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9925 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9926 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9927 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9928 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9929
9930 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9931 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9932
9933 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9934 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9935 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9936 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9937 offline updating tools.
9938
9939 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9940 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9941 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9942 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9943 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9944 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9945
9946 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9947 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9948
9949 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9950 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9951 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9952 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9953 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9954 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9955 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9956 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9957 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9958
9959 CHANGES WITH 195:
9960
9961 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9962 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9963 units via --unit=/-u.
9964
9965 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9966 right thing.
9967
9968 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9969 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9970 rotation.
9971
9972 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9973 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9974 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9975 completion of journalctl has been updated
9976 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9977 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9978
9979 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9980 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9981
9982 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9983 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9984 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9985 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9986 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9987 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9988 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9989 completion.
9990
9991 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9992 extract coredumps from the journal.
9993
9994 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9995 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9996 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9997 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9998 scratch their heads.
9999
10000 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10001 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10002
10003 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10004 in immediate termination of systemd.
10005
10006 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10007 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10008
10009 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10010 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10011 mouse screen support has been added.
10012
10013 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10014 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10015
10016 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10017 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10018 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10019 "systemctl reload".
10020
10021 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10022 -u" instead.
10023
10024 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10025 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10026 configured.
10027
10028 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10029 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10030
10031 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10032 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10033 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10034 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10035 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10036 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10037 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10038
10039 CHANGES WITH 194:
10040
10041 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10042 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10043 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10044 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10045 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10046 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10047 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10048 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10049 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10050 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10051 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10052 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10053
10054 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10055 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10056 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10057
10058 CHANGES WITH 193:
10059
10060 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10061 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10062
10063 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10064 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10065 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10066
10067 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10068 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10069 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10070 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10071 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10072 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10073 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10074
10075 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10076 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10077
10078 This will download the journal contents in a
10079 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10080
10081 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10082
10083 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10084 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10085 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10086 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10087 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10088
10089 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10090
10091 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10092 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10093
10094 CHANGES WITH 192:
10095
10096 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10097 too.
10098
10099 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10100 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10101 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10102 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10103 just start them.
10104
10105 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10106 and line break accordingly.
10107
10108 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10109 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10110
10111 CHANGES WITH 191:
10112
10113 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10114 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10115 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10116 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10117 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10118
10119 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10120 will default to 10 if omitted.
10121
10122 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10123 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10124 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10125 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10126 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10127
10128 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10129 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10130 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10131 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10132 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10133 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10134 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10135
10136 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10137 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10138 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10139 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10140 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10141 into two.
10142
10143 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10144 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10145
10146 CHANGES WITH 190:
10147
10148 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10149 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10150 "systemctl status".
10151
10152 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10153 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10154 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10155 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10156 field.)
10157
10158 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10159 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10160 default.
10161
10162 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10163 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10164 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10165 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10166 in a container.
10167
10168 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10169 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10170 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10171 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10172 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10173 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10174
10175 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10176 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10177 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10178 no-op.
10179
10180 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10181 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10182 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10183 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10184 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10185
10186 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10187 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10188
10189 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10190 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10191 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10192 command.
10193
10194 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10195 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10196 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10197
10198 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10199
10200 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10201 multiple files at once.
10202
10203 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10204 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10205 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10206 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10207 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10208 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10209 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10210
10211 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10212 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10213 now support specifiers as well.
10214
10215 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10216 dir: %_presetdir.
10217
10218 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10219 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10220
10221 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10222 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10223 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10224 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10225 anymore.
10226
10227 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10228 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10229 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10230 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10231
10232 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10233 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10234 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10235
10236 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10237 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10238 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10239 sockets.
10240
10241 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10242 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10243 is changed.
10244
10245 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10246 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10247 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10248 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10249 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10250 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10251 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10252
10253 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10254
10255 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10256 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10257
10258 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10259 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10260
10261 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10262 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10263 (%b).
10264
10265 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10266 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10267 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10268 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10269 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10270 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10271 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10272
10273 CHANGES WITH 189:
10274
10275 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10276 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10277
10278 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10279 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10280 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10281 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10282 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10283 syslog daemons again.
10284
10285 * The libudev API gained the new
10286 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10287
10288 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10289 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10290 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10291 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10292
10293 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10294 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10295 container.
10296
10297 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10298 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10299 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10300 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10301 this explaining it in more detail.
10302
10303 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10304 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10305 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10306 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10307
10308 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10309 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10310 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10311 journal files.
10312
10313 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10314 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10315 as container init process a lot more fun.
10316
10317 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10318 entries.
10319
10320 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10321 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10322 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10323 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10324 different sets of services.
10325
10326 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10327 failure state.
10328
10329 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10330 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10331 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10332
10333 CHANGES WITH 188:
10334
10335 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10336 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10337 tree a lot more organized.
10338
10339 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10340 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10341
10342 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10343 services.
10344
10345 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10346 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10347 filtering by log level now.
10348
10349 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10350 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10351 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10352
10353 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10354 command lines involving service unit names.
10355
10356 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10357 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10358
10359 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10360 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10361 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10362
10363 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10364 option.
10365
10366 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10367 a shutdown is cancelled.
10368
10369 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10370 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10371 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10372 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10373 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10374
10375 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10376 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10377 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10378 for display managers instead.
10379
10380 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10381 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10382 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10383 protection, and suchlike.
10384
10385 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10386 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10387 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10388 the service.
10389
10390 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10391 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10392 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10393 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10394 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10395 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10396
10397 CHANGES WITH 187:
10398
10399 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10400 pages.
10401
10402 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10403 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10404 data loss.
10405
10406 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10407 option.
10408
10409 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10410
10411 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10412 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10413
10414 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10415 specific directory.
10416
10417 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10418 messages of two different boots.
10419
10420 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10421 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10422 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10423
10424 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10425 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10426 disjunctions.
10427
10428 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10429 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10430 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10431
10432 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10433 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10434 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10435
10436 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10437 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10438 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10439 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10440 speed things up a bit.
10441
10442 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10443 header data of journal files.
10444
10445 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
10446 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
10447 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10448
10449 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10450 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10451 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10452 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10453
10454 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10455
10456 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10457 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10458 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10459 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10460
10461 CHANGES WITH 186:
10462
10463 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10464 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10465 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10466 prefixed with rd.
10467
10468 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10469 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10470
10471 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10472
10473 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10474
10475 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10476
10477 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10478 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10479 as well.
10480
10481 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10482 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10483 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10484
10485 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10486 does the right thing. Example:
10487
10488 udevadm info /dev/sda
10489 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10490
10491 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10492 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10493 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10494 running.
10495
10496 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10497 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10498
10499 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10500 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10501
10502 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10503 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10504 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10505 files.
10506
10507 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10508 be stopped that is not loaded.
10509
10510 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10511
10512 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10513
10514 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10515 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10516 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10517 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10518
10519 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10520 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10521 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10522 completed initialization.
10523
10524 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10525
10526 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10527 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10528 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10529 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10530 distributions.
10531
10532 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10533 always valid when services log to the journal via
10534 STDOUT/STDERR.
10535
10536 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10537 command line options we understand.
10538
10539 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10540 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10541
10542 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10543 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10544
10545 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10546 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10547 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10548 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10549
10550 systemctl status /home
10551 systemctl status /dev/sda
10552
10553 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10554 system.conf parsing.
10555
10556 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10557 Manager object.
10558
10559 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10560
10561 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10562
10563 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10564 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10565 complete.
10566
10567 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10568 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10569 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10570 systemd-fsck@.service.
10571
10572 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10573 Manager object.
10574
10575 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10576 work sensibly.
10577
10578 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10579 we actually understand.
10580
10581 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10582 additional capabilities to the container.
10583
10584 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10585 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10586 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10587
10588 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10589 the current boot only.
10590
10591 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10592 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10593
10594 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10595 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10596 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10597 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10598 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10599
10600 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10601
10602 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10603 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10604 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10605 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10606
10607 CHANGES WITH 185:
10608
10609 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10610 available.
10611
10612 * Several new man pages have been added.
10613
10614 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10615 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10616 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10617 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10618
10619 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10620 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10621
10622 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10623 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10624 Matthias Clasen
10625
10626 CHANGES WITH 184:
10627
10628 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10629 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10630
10631 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10632 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10633 daemon.
10634
10635 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10636 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10637
10638 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10639 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10640 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10641 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10642
10643 CHANGES WITH 183:
10644
10645 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10646 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10647 and systemd's most recent version number.
10648
10649 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10650 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10651 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10652 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10653 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10654 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10655
10656 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10657 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10658 subsystems.
10659
10660 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10661 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10662 used to subscribe to events.
10663
10664 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10665 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10666 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10667 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10668 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10669 forked by udev rules.
10670
10671 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10672 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10673 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10674 it.
10675
10676 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10677 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10678 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10679 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10680 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10681
10682 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10683 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10684
10685 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10686 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10687 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10688 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10689
10690 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10691 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10692 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10693 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10694 to be used as drop-in files.
10695
10696 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10697 particular suspending and hibernating.
10698
10699 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10700 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10701 about this in more detail.
10702
10703 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10704 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10705 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10706 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10707 from git history and add them downstream.
10708
10709 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10710 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10711 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10712 units.
10713
10714 * All smaller setup units (such as
10715 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10716 are run in a container and are skipped when
10717 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10718 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10719
10720 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10721 integrated, for details see:
10722 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10723
10724 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10725 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10726 messages.
10727
10728 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10729 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10730 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10731 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10732 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10733
10734 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10735 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10736 for all units started by PID 1.
10737
10738 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10739 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10740 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10741
10742 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10743 of PID 1 anymore.
10744
10745 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10746 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10747 have not been read by systemd yet.
10748
10749 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10750 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10751 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10752 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10753 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10754 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10755
10756 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10757 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10758
10759 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10760
10761 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10762 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10763 so sexy.
10764
10765 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10766 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10767 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10768 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10769 patterns.
10770
10771 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10772 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10773 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10774 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10775
10776 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10777 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10778
10779 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10780 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10781 in systemd now.
10782
10783 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10784 ID on the command line.
10785
10786 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10787 for an init system.
10788
10789 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10790 vt100.
10791
10792 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10793
10794 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10795 components now have directories of their own.
10796
10797 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10798
10799 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10800 container in other hierarchies.
10801
10802 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10803 system.conf.
10804
10805 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10806
10807 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10808 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10809
10810 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10811 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10812
10813 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10814 locally generated journal files.
10815
10816 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10817
10818 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10819
10820 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10821 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10822 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10823 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10824 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10825 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10826 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10827 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10828 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10829 Gundersen
10830
10831 CHANGES WITH 44:
10832
10833 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10834
10835 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10836 KVM or container configured UUID.
10837
10838 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10839
10840 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10841
10842 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10843 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10844
10845 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10846
10847 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10848 folks
10849
10850 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10851 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10852 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10853
10854 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10855 configuration
10856
10857 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10858 free fashion
10859
10860 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10861 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10862 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10863 automatically generated data.
10864
10865 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10866 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10867 however.
10868
10869 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10870 tarball.
10871
10872 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10873 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10874 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10875 Reding
10876
10877 CHANGES WITH 43:
10878
10879 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10880
10881 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10882
10883 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10884
10885 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10886 normal user logins.
10887
10888 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10889 Biebl
10890
10891 CHANGES WITH 42:
10892
10893 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10894
10895 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10896 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10897 xsltproc.
10898
10899 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10900 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10901 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10902
10903 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10904 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10905 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10906
10907 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10908
10909 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10910 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10911 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10912
10913 CHANGES WITH 41:
10914
10915 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10916 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10917 package update.
10918
10919 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10920 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10921 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10922
10923 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10924 complete.
10925
10926 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10927 understood to set system wide environment variables
10928 dynamically at boot.
10929
10930 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10931
10932 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10933 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10934 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10935 files.
10936
10937 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10938 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10939 William Douglas
10940
10941 CHANGES WITH 40:
10942
10943 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10944
10945 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10946 "Result" D-Bus property.
10947
10948 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10949 the next few releases.)
10950
10951 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10952 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10953 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10954 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10955
10956 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10957 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10958 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10959
10960 CHANGES WITH 39:
10961
10962 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10963 bugfixes.
10964
10965 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10966 resource usage.
10967
10968 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10969 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10970 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10971 journals by the respective users.
10972
10973 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10974 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10975 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10976
10977 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10978 client for all entries.
10979
10980 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10981
10982 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10983 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10984
10985 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10986 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10987 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10988 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10989
10990 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10991 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10992 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10993
10994 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10995 journal along with meta data.
10996
10997 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10998 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10999 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11000
11001 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11002 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11003 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11004
11005 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11006
11007 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11008 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11009 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11010 or fsck.
11011
11012 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11013 requested with new -k switch.
11014
11015 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11016 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11017
11018 CHANGES WITH 38:
11019
11020 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11021 bugfixes.
11022
11023 * The git repository moved to:
11024 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11025 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11026
11027 * First release with the journal
11028 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11029
11030 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11031 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11032
11033 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11034
11035 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11036
11037 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11038 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11039 remote mounts.
11040
11041 * Added Mageia support
11042
11043 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11044
11045 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11046 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11047 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11048 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11049 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11050
11051 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11052 of existing distributions.
11053
11054 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11055 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11056
11057 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11058 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11059 boot.
11060
11061 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11062
11063 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11064 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11065 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11066 among other things.
11067
11068 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11069 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11070
11071 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11072
11073 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11074 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11075 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11076
11077 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11078 restored.
11079
11080 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11081 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11082 kmod
11083
11084 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11085 of /usr/local by default.
11086
11087 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11088 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11089 in:
11090 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11091
11092 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11093 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11094 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11095 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11096 supported anyway, and bad style).
11097
11098 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11099 reloading of units together.
11100
11101 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11102 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11103 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11104 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11105 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek